summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.cvsignore17
-rw-r--r--AUTHORS0
-rw-r--r--ChangeLog84
-rw-r--r--Makefile.am5
-rw-r--r--NEWS0
-rw-r--r--README35
-rwxr-xr-xautogen.sh17
-rw-r--r--bin/.cvsignore3
-rw-r--r--bin/ChangeLog16
-rw-r--r--bin/Makefile.am15
-rw-r--r--bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in30
-rw-r--r--configure.in35
-rw-r--r--doc/.cvsignore2
-rw-r--r--doc/Makefile.am0
-rw-r--r--doc/usage.txt79
-rw-r--r--gnome-common.spec.in82
-rw-r--r--hack-macros/gnome.m4474
-rw-r--r--hack-macros/nautilus-macros.m4224
-rw-r--r--intl/.cvsignore4
-rw-r--r--intl/ChangeLog4
-rw-r--r--intl/Makefile.in312
-rw-r--r--intl/README.cvs-commits13
-rw-r--r--intl/VERSION1
-rw-r--r--intl/bindtextdom.c368
-rw-r--r--intl/cat-compat.c262
-rwxr-xr-xintl/config.charset438
-rw-r--r--intl/dcgettext.c57
-rw-r--r--intl/dcigettext.c1257
-rw-r--r--intl/dcngettext.c59
-rw-r--r--intl/dgettext.c58
-rw-r--r--intl/dngettext.c60
-rw-r--r--intl/explodename.c191
-rw-r--r--intl/finddomain.c197
-rw-r--r--intl/gettext.c63
-rw-r--r--intl/gettext.h101
-rw-r--r--intl/gettextP.h251
-rw-r--r--intl/hash-string.h58
-rw-r--r--intl/intl-compat.c165
-rw-r--r--intl/intlh.inst.in111
-rw-r--r--intl/l10nflist.c404
-rw-r--r--intl/libgettext.h48
-rw-r--r--intl/libgnuintl.h127
-rw-r--r--intl/libintl.glibc111
-rw-r--r--intl/linux-msg.sed100
-rw-r--r--intl/loadinfo.h108
-rw-r--r--intl/loadmsgcat.c566
-rw-r--r--intl/localcharset.c271
-rw-r--r--intl/locale.alias77
-rw-r--r--intl/localealias.c403
-rw-r--r--intl/ngettext.c67
-rw-r--r--intl/plural.c1325
-rw-r--r--intl/plural.y412
-rw-r--r--intl/po2tbl.sed.in102
-rw-r--r--intl/ref-add.sin31
-rw-r--r--intl/ref-del.sin26
-rw-r--r--intl/textdomain.c141
-rw-r--r--intl/xopen-msg.sed104
-rw-r--r--macros2/.cvsignore4
-rw-r--r--macros2/ChangeLog151
-rw-r--r--macros2/Makefile.am22
-rw-r--r--macros2/README.cvs-commits13
-rw-r--r--macros2/autogen.sh143
-rw-r--r--macros2/check-utmp.m4243
-rw-r--r--macros2/compiler-flags.m4143
-rw-r--r--macros2/gnome-common.m451
-rw-r--r--macros2/gnome-cxx-check.m410
-rw-r--r--macros2/gnome-gettext.m4338
-rw-r--r--macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m443
-rw-r--r--macros2/gnome-platform.m437
-rw-r--r--macros2/gnome-pthread-check.m416
-rw-r--r--macros2/gnome-x-checks.m453
-rw-r--r--macros2/linger.m428
-rw-r--r--stamp-h.in1
-rw-r--r--stamp.h.in0
-rw-r--r--support/.cvsignore9
-rw-r--r--support/ChangeLog385
-rw-r--r--support/Makefile.am48
-rw-r--r--support/README-gnome102
-rw-r--r--support/README.cvs-commits13
-rw-r--r--support/canonicalize.c202
-rw-r--r--support/easy-vsnprintf.c30
-rw-r--r--support/error.c254
-rw-r--r--support/error.h77
-rw-r--r--support/findme.c43
-rw-r--r--support/findme.h10
-rw-r--r--support/getopt.c1041
-rw-r--r--support/getopt.h135
-rw-r--r--support/getopt1.c187
-rw-r--r--support/gnome-argp.c12
-rw-r--r--support/gnome-argp.h19
-rw-r--r--support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in11
-rw-r--r--support/gnomesupport-fake.h35
-rw-r--r--support/gnomesupport.awk208
-rw-r--r--support/memmove.c18
-rw-r--r--support/mkstemp.c100
-rw-r--r--support/popt-gnome.h127
-rw-r--r--support/popt.c713
-rw-r--r--support/poptconfig.c137
-rw-r--r--support/popthelp.c301
-rw-r--r--support/poptint.h86
-rw-r--r--support/poptparse.c118
-rw-r--r--support/scandir.c132
-rw-r--r--support/strcasecmp.c75
-rw-r--r--support/strerror.c837
-rw-r--r--support/strndup.c53
-rw-r--r--support/strnlen.c30
-rw-r--r--support/strtod.c122
-rw-r--r--support/strtok_r.c63
-rw-r--r--support/strtol.c142
-rw-r--r--support/strtoul.c109
-rw-r--r--support/system.h55
-rw-r--r--support/vasprintf.c197
-rw-r--r--support/vsnprintf.c157
113 files changed, 0 insertions, 17260 deletions
diff --git a/.cvsignore b/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 23e047a8..00000000
--- a/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-aclocal.m4
-config.guess
-config.h.in
-config.sub
-configure
-ltconfig
-ltmain.sh
-config.log
-config.h
-config.cache
-libtool
-config.status
-stamp-h
-stamp.h
-gnome-common.spec
diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
--- a/AUTHORS
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 5efd5c04..00000000
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-2001-08-02 Michael Meeks <michael@ximian.com>
-
- * Version 1.2.3
-
-2001-07-26 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
- * configure.in: Point to the new home of pkgconfig at
- www.freedesktop.org instead of "sourceforce.net" [sic].
-
-2001-07-26 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
- * doc/usage.txt: Point to the new home of pkgconfig at
- www.freedesktop.org.
-
-2001-07-12 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
- * configure.in: Remove AC_ARG_PROGRAM, because AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
- already takes care of that.
-
-2001-05-22 Darin Adler <darin@eazel.com>
-
- * hack-macros/gnome.m4: Add BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL for
- compatibility with the new gettext.
-
-2001-04-16 Darin Adler <darin@eazel.com>
-
- * gnome-common.spec.in: A cut at updating the spec file now that
- the pkgconfig stuff and support stuff has gone away.
-
-2001-04-14 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * gnome-common.pc.in, gnome-common-2.0.pc.in: Removed.
-
- * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.2.
- (--enable-platform-gnome-2): Removed this command line argument;
- this package is now the same for GNOME 1.x and GNOME 2.0.
-
- * acinclude.m4: Removed.
- * acconfig.h: Removed.
-
- * support/: We don't build this directory anymore; the GNOME 1.x
- version of it is in gnome-libs/support and the GNOME 2.0 one is in
- libgnomebase/libgnomesupport.
-
-2001-03-26 Robin * Slomkowski <rslomkow@eazel.com>
-
- * Makefile.am: added gnome-common.spec.in to EXTRA_DISTS
- * configure.in: added gnome-common.spec.in
- * gnome-common.spec: removed from repository as it appeared
- generic
- * gnome-common.spec.in: new spec file using Martin's suggestions
-
-2000-12-01 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- Released gnome-common 1.2.1.
-
-2000-11-21 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.1.
-
- * configure.in (--enable-platform-gnome-2): New configure
- command line argument to enable support for the GNOME 2.x
- platform.
- (PLATFORM_GNOME_2): New automake conditional.
- * Do the GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS here if we're on the GNOME 2.x
- platform.
-
- * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Conditionally add support for the
- GNOME 2.x platform.
-
- * acinclude.m4: New file. Put stuff from gnome-support.m4
- and need-declaration.m4 here.
-
-2000-05-29 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * configure.in: Set version number to 1.2.0.
-
-1998-02-19 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * autogen.sh: New sample file.
- * configure.in: Likewise.
- * Makefile.am: Likewise.
- * README: Likewise.
-
diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e50c649..00000000
--- a/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS = bin macros macros2 doc
-
-EXTRA_DIST = gnome-common.spec
-
-
diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
--- a/NEWS
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/README b/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 611a0a05..00000000
--- a/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-This directory contains sample files that should be in pretty much every
-GNOME application.
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-To make this work both for GNOME Applications inside and outside the
-GNOME CVS Tree I did the following:
-
-* There is an `INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON' automake conditional which is defined
- in two places:
-
- - macros/aclocal-includes.m4 defines this to always be false.
-
- - gnome-common/configure.in does not include anything from macros and
- defines this to be true.
-
-* We use this automake conditional in the macros/Makefile.am to install
- $(MACROS), autogen.sh, gnome-common.m4 and a newly created gnome-macros.dep
- in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome'.
-
- Since aclocal doesn't look in subdirectories we can safely install them
- there even when compiling from CVS.
-
- Also, there is no need to make any change to any existing application
- in the GNOME CVS Tree - really fine ...
-
-* When we're outside the GNOME CVS Tree we simply need to tell aclocal that
- it should also look in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome' and it will find all
- the macros.
-
- The is a `gnome-skel' module in CVS that can be used as a starting point
- when writing a new GNOME Application that should be used outside CVS.
-
-February 4, 1999,
-Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
diff --git a/autogen.sh b/autogen.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index ba239f35..00000000
--- a/autogen.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
-
-srcdir=`dirname $0`
-test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=.
-
-PKG_NAME="Gnome Skeleton"
-
-(test -f $srcdir/configure.in \
-## put other tests here
-) || {
- echo -n "**Error**: Directory "\`$srcdir\'" does not look like the"
- echo " top-level $PKG_NAME directory"
- exit 1
-}
-
-. $srcdir/macros/autogen.sh
diff --git a/bin/.cvsignore b/bin/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 161a1f68..00000000
--- a/bin/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-gnome-autogen.sh
diff --git a/bin/ChangeLog b/bin/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f3fb24e..00000000
--- a/bin/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-2000-11-21 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * gnome-autogen.sh.in: New file. Autogen gnome-autogen.sh
- from it; added GNOME_COMMON_DATA_DIR and make it actually
- work.
-
-2000-11-20 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * gnome-autogen.sh: Initialize GNOME_DATADIR from
- GNOME_DIR if set before trying gnome-config.
-
-2000-05-29 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * gnome-autogen.sh: New file. Moved here from
- the `macros' directory.
-
diff --git a/bin/Makefile.am b/bin/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 36bff37e..00000000
--- a/bin/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-bin_SCRIPTS = gnome-autogen.sh
-
-## We create gnome-autogen.sh here and not from configure because we want
-## to get the paths expanded correctly. Macros like srcdir are given
-## the value NONE in configure if the user doesn't specify them (this
-## is an autoconf feature, not a bug).
-gnome-autogen.sh: gnome-autogen.sh.in Makefile
-## Use sed and then mv to avoid problems if the user interrupts.
- sed -e 's#\@datadir\@#$(datadir)#g' \
- < $(srcdir)/gnome-autogen.sh.in > gnome-autogen.tmp \
- && mv gnome-autogen.tmp gnome-autogen.sh
-
-EXTRA_DIST = gnome-autogen.sh.in
-
-
diff --git a/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in b/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in
deleted file mode 100644
index cb8b68bd..00000000
--- a/bin/gnome-autogen.sh.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-if test -z "USE_GNOME2_MACROS" ; then
- USE_GNOME2_MACROS=0
-fi
-
-if test "$USE_GNOME2_MACROS" = 1 ; then
- if test -z "$GNOME2_DIR" ; then
- GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="@datadir@"
- else
- GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="$GNOME2_DIR/share"
- fi
- GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR="$GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR/aclocal/gnome2-macros"
-else
- if test -z "$GNOME_DIR" ; then
- GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="@datadir@"
- else
- GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR="$GNOME_DIR/share"
- fi
- GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR="$GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR/aclocal/gnome-macros"
-fi
-
-export GNOME_COMMON_DATADIR
-export GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR
-
-ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I $GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
-export ACLOCAL_FLAGS
-
-. $GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR/autogen.sh
-
diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in
deleted file mode 100644
index afcb0154..00000000
--- a/configure.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-AC_INIT(macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4)
-
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(gnome-common, 1.2.3)
-
-AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON, true)
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_FYI], [echo "FYI: " $1])
-
-AC_ISC_POSIX
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_PROG_CPP
-AC_STDC_HEADERS
-AM_PROG_LIBTOOL
-
-AC_PROG_AWK
-
-AC_PATH_PROG(PKG_CONFIG, pkg-config)
-if ! test -x "$PKG_CONFIG" ; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** You need the latest pkg-config.
-*** Get the latest version of pkg-config from
-*** <http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/>.])
-fi
-AC_SUBST(PKG_CONFIG)
-
-AC_OUTPUT([
-Makefile
-gnome-common.spec
-macros/Makefile
-macros2/Makefile
-bin/Makefile
-doc/Makefile])
-
diff --git a/doc/.cvsignore b/doc/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 3dda7298..00000000
--- a/doc/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
diff --git a/doc/Makefile.am b/doc/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
--- a/doc/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/usage.txt b/doc/usage.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 89b4d926..00000000
--- a/doc/usage.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-This module is intended for people who want to develop
-GNOME Applications outside of the GNOME CVS tree or for
-people who're developing inside GNOME CVS, but don't want
-to carry the macros/ directory in their module.
-
-There are two modes of operation:
-
-1.) The GNOME 1.x platform is what you get when you
- configure this module without any special parameters.
-
- This installs everything from the `macros' directory
- in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome-macros' and provides a
- `gnome-autogen.sh' in `$(bindir)'.
-
-2.) To enable support for the GNOME 2.x platform, gnome-common's
- configure has a `--enable-platform-gnome-2' command line
- argument which you need to use.
-
- The difference is that the GNOME 2.x version will require
- a recent version of pkg-config (from freedesktop.org at
- <http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig/>) and also
- compile the `support' directory.
-
- This is considered "hacker stuff" and has the same disclaimer
- than gnome-libs HEAD.
-
-
-To use this module in your package, you need to:
-
-1.) Compile and install gnome-common like any normal package.
-
-2.) You don't need to have a `macros/' dir in your package,
- this stuff is going to replace it.
-
-3.) In your autogen.sh use this:
-
- ---
- . gnome-autogen.sh
- ---
-
- instead of
-
- ---
- . macros/autogen.sh
- ---
-
-4.) In you configure.in, remove the
-
- ---
- AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macros)
- ---
-
- and replace it with
-
- ---
- GNOME_COMMON_INIT
- ---
-
-That's it. Now your app uses the macros which are installed
-from gnome-common.
-
-[This is only intended for "hackers":
-
- If you want to use GNOME 2.0, just use
-
- ---
- USE_GNOME_2_MACROS=1 . gnome-autogen.sh
- ---
-
- in your autogen.sh.
-
- There's an example for this in LibGTop HEAD.
-]
-
-Comments, Questions, etc. are welcome :)
-
-
-Nov 21, 2000
-Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
diff --git a/gnome-common.spec.in b/gnome-common.spec.in
deleted file mode 100644
index aba8ca4c..00000000
--- a/gnome-common.spec.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-# Note this is NOT a relocatable thing :)
-%define name gnome-common
-%define ver @VERSION@
-%define RELEASE 0_cvs_0
-%define rel %{?CUSTOM_RELEASE} %{!?CUSTOM_RELEASE:%RELEASE}
-%define prefix /usr
-%define sysconfdir /etc
-
-Name: %name
-Summary: gnome-common contains usefull things common to building gnome packages
-Version: %ver
-Distribution: GNOME
-Vendor: CVS
-Release: %rel
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Development/Tools
-Source: %{name}-%{ver}.tar.gz
-URL: http://gnome.org
-BuildRoot: /var/tmp/%{name}-%{ver}-root
-Docdir: %{prefix}/doc
-
-%description
-gnome-common is for developing various GNOME modules that have to do similar things
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Mar 26 2000 Robin * Slomkowski <rslomkow@rslomkow.org>
-- created this thing, and replaced the generic specfile
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-%ifarch alpha
- MYARCH_FLAGS="--host=alpha-redhat-linux"
-%endif
-
-LC_ALL=""
-LINGUAS=""
-LANG=""
-export LC_ALL LINGUAS LANG
-
-CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" ./configure $MYARCH_FLAGS \
- --prefix=%{prefix} \
- --enable-platform-gnome-2 \
- --sysconfdir=%{sysconfdir}
-
-if [ "$SMP" != "" ]; then
- (make "MAKE=make -k -j $SMP"; exit 0)
- make
-else
- make
-fi
-
-%install
-[ -n "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" -a "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" != / ] && rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-make prefix=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{prefix} sysconfdir=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{sysconfdir} install
-
-for FILE in "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/bin/*"; do
- file "$FILE" | grep -q not\ stripped && strip $FILE
-done
-
-%clean
-[ -n "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" -a "$RPM_BUILD_ROOT" != / ] && rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%post
-if ! grep %{prefix}/lib /etc/ld.so.conf > /dev/null ; then
- echo "%{prefix}/lib" >> /etc/ld.so.conf
-fi
-
-/sbin/ldconfig
-
-%postun -p /sbin/ldconfig
-
-%files
-
-%defattr(0555, bin, bin)
-%{prefix}/bin/*
-
-%defattr (0444, bin, bin)
-%{prefix}/share/aclocal/gnome-macros/*
-%{prefix}/share/aclocal/gnome2-macros/*
diff --git a/hack-macros/gnome.m4 b/hack-macros/gnome.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index dc83a1b4..00000000
--- a/hack-macros/gnome.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
-# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-#
-# Modified to never use included libintl.
-# Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>, 12/15/1998
-#
-#
-# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
-# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
-#
-
-# serial 5
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_GNOME_WITH_NLS,
- [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
- dnl Default is enabled NLS
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
- [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
- USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
- AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
- AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
- BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
- USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-
- dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
- if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
-# AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-# AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-# [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-# nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-# nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-# AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
- nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext="no"
-
- nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
- if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
- dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
- dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
- dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
- dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
- nls_cv_header_intl=
- nls_cv_header_libgt=
- CATOBJEXT=NONE
-
- AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
- [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
- [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
- gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
-
- if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
- AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
- [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
- gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
- [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext,
- gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
- gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)],
- gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])
- fi
-
- if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
- || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
- AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
- [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
- if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
- AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
- AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
- [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
- AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
- return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
- [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
- DATADIRNAME=share],
- [CATOBJEXT=.mo
- DATADIRNAME=lib])
- INSTOBJEXT=.mo
- fi
- fi
-
- # Added by Martin Baulig 12/15/98 for libc5 systems
- if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes" \
- && test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
- INTLLIBS=-lintl
- LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
- fi
- ])
-
- if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
- AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
- [ --with-catgets use catgets functions if available],
- nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
- AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
-
- if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
- dnl No gettext in C library. Try catgets next.
- AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
- AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
- [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
- INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
- AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
-# if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
-# AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
-# if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
-# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
-# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
-# fi
-# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-# CATOBJEXT=.cat
-# INSTOBJEXT=.cat
-# DATADIRNAME=lib
-# INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
-# INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-# LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-# nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-# nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-# fi
- ])
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
- dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
- dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
- nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
- else
- # Unset this variable since we use the non-zero value as a flag.
- CATOBJEXT=
-# dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-# INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
-# AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-# AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
-# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-# CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-# INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-# DATADIRNAME=share
-# INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
-# INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-# LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-# nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-# nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
- fi
-
- dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
- if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
- dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
- dnl Makefiles still can work.
- if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
- : ;
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT(
- [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
- XGETTEXT=":"
- fi
- fi
-
- # We need to process the po/ directory.
- POSUB=po
- else
- DATADIRNAME=share
- nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
- nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
- fi
- AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
- AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
- [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*)
- sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile
- esac])
-
-
-# # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
-# # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
-# if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-# USE_NLS=yes
-# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-# fi
-
- dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
- dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
- dnl in configure.in.
- for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
- GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
- POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
- done
-
- dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
- AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
- AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
- AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
- AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
- AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
- AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
- AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
- AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
- AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
- AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
- AC_SUBST(POFILES)
- AC_SUBST(POSUB)
- ])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_GNOME_GETTEXT,
- [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
-unistd.h sys/param.h])
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
-strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
- if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
- fi
- if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
- fi
-
- AM_LC_MESSAGES
- AM_GNOME_WITH_NLS
-
- if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
- if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
- LINGUAS=
- else
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
- NEW_LINGUAS=
- if test "x$LINGUAS" = "x"; then
- LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS
- fi
- for lang in $LINGUAS; do
- case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
- *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
- esac
- done
- LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
- AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
- fi
-
- dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
- if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
- for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
- fi
- fi
-
- dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
- dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
- dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
- if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
- INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
- else
- INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
-/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>. Take care yourself. */"
- fi
- AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
-
- dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
- dnl For now we know about two different formats:
- dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
- test -d intl || mkdir intl
- if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
- AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
-
- dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
- dnl cannot handle comments.
- sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
- fi
- dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
- sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
- $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
-
- dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
- dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext
- dnl packages.
- if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
- GT_NO="#NO#"
- GT_YES=
- else
- GT_NO=
- GT_YES="#YES#"
- fi
- AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
- AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
-
- dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
- dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
- dnl Try to locate is.
- MKINSTALLDIRS=
- if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
- MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
- fi
- if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
- MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
- fi
- AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-
- dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
- l=
- AC_SUBST(l)
-
- dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
- dnl be included in po/Makefile.
- test -d po || mkdir po
- if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
- if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
- posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
- else
- posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
- fi
- else
- posrcprefix="../"
- fi
- rm -f po/POTFILES
- sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
- < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
- ])
-
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GNOME,
-[dnl
-dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gnome-config script
-dnl
-AC_ARG_WITH(gnome-prefix,[ --with-gnome-prefix=PFX Prefix where GNOME is installed (optional)],
- gnome_config_prefix="$withval", gnome_config_prefix="")
-AC_ARG_WITH(gnome-exec-prefix,[ --with-gnome-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where GNOME is installed (optional)],
- gnome_config_exec_prefix="$withval", gnome_config_exec_prefix="")
-
- if test x$gnome_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
- gnome_config_args="$gnome_config_args --exec-prefix=$gnome_config_exec_prefix"
- if test x${GNOME_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
- GNOME_CONFIG=$gnome_config_exec_prefix/bin/gnome-config
- fi
- fi
- if test x$gnome_config_prefix != x ; then
- gnome_config_args="$gnome_config_args --prefix=$gnome_config_prefix"
- if test x${GNOME_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
- GNOME_CONFIG=$gnome_config_prefix/bin/gnome-config
- fi
- fi
-
- AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG, gnome-config, no)
- min_gnome_version=ifelse([$1], , 1.1.0, $1)
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GNOME - version >= $min_gnome_version)
- no_gnome=""
- if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
- no_gnome=yes
- else
- GNOME_CFLAGS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --cflags gnome`"
- GNOME_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --libs gnome`"
- GNOMEUI_CFLAGS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --cflags gnomeui`"
- GNOMEUI_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --libs gnomeui`"
-
- gnome_config_major_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --version | \
- sed 's/[[^0-9]]*\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
- gnome_config_minor_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --version | \
- sed 's/[[^0-9]]*\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
- gnome_config_micro_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --version | \
- sed 's/[[^0-9]]*\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
- needed_major_version=`echo $min_gnome_version | \
- sed 's/[[^0-9]]*\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
- needed_minor_version=`echo $min_gnome_version | \
- sed 's/[[^0-9]]*\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
- needed_micro_version=`echo $min_gnome_version | \
- sed 's/[[^0-9]]*\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
-
- if test $gnome_config_major_version -lt $needed_major_version; then
- ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
- no_gnome=yes
- elif test $gnome_config_major_version = $needed_major_version; then
- if test -n "$needed_minor_version" -a $gnome_config_minor_version -lt $needed_minor_version; then
- ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
- no_gnome=yes
- elif test -n "$needed_minor_version" -a $gnome_config_minor_version = $needed_minor_version; then
- if test -n "$needed_micro_version" -a $gnome_config_micro_version -lt $needed_micro_version; then
- ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
- no_gnome=yes
- fi
- fi
- fi
- fi
- AC_SUBST(GNOME_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(GNOME_LIBS)
- AC_SUBST(GNOMEUI_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(GNOMEUI_LIBS)
-
- if test "x$no_gnome" = x ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
- ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
- if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
- echo "*** The gnome-config script installed by GNOME could not be found"
- echo "*** If GNOME was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
- echo "*** your path, or set the GNOME_CONFIG environment variable to the"
- echo "*** full path to gnome-config."
- else
- :
- fi
- GNOME_CFLAGS=""
- GNOME_LIBS=""
- ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
- fi
-
- tmp_gnome_libdir=`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --libdir`
- if test -n "$4"; then
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for additional GNOME modules])
- fi
- for module in $4 ""; do
- gnome_m4_notfound=no
- if test "$module" = zvt; then
- ZVT_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --libs zvt`"
- AC_SUBST(ZVT_LIBS)
- elif test "$module" = gtk; then
- GTK_CFLAGS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --cflags gtk`"
- GTK_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --libs gtk`"
- AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
- elif test "$module" = "glib"; then
- GLIB_CFLAGS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --cflags glib`"
- GLIB_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --libs glib`"
- AC_SUBST(GLIB_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(GLIB_LIBS)
- elif test "$module" = "oaf"; then
- OAF_CFLAGS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --cflags oaf`"
- OAF_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --libs oaf`"
- AC_SUBST(OAF_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(OAF_LIBS)
- elif test "$module" = "gnorba"; then
- GNORBA_CFLAGS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --cflags gnorba`"
- GNORBA_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --libs gnorba`"
- AC_SUBST(GNORBA_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(GNORBA_LIBS)
- elif test -n "$module"; then
- if $GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --cflags $module >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- tmp_bsnom=`echo $module | tr a-z A-Z`
- eval $tmp_bsnom'_CFLAGS'=\"`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --cflags $module`\"
- eval $tmp_bsnom'_LIBS'=\"`$GNOME_CONFIG $gnome_config_args --libs $module`\"
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT([*** $module library is not installed])
- ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
- gnome_m4_notfound=yes
- fi
- fi
- if test "$gnome_m4_notfound" = no; then
- echo $ac_n " $module" 1>&6
- fi
- done
- if test -n "$4"; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([])
- fi
-])
diff --git a/hack-macros/nautilus-macros.m4 b/hack-macros/nautilus-macros.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index e229ce2f..00000000
--- a/hack-macros/nautilus-macros.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-dnl ===========================================================================
-
-dnl NAUTILUS_VERSION_CANON(version)
-dnl 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(NAUTILUS_VERSION_CANON, [`
-
- dnl Assumes that there are no more than 999 revisions at a level,
- dnl no more than three levels of revision.
- dnl
- dnl Any more than that, and test starts messing up the numeric
- dnl comparisons because its integers overflow, and there's no
- dnl way to do string comparisons in the shell. Grr.
- dnl
- dnl Must come up with some way to fix this.
-
- echo "$1" |
- tr . '\012' |
- sed -e 's/^/000/' -e 's/^.*\(...\)/\1/' |
- tr -d '\012' |
- sed 's/$/000000000/
- s/^\(.........\).*/\1/'
-`])
-
-dnl NAUTILUS_VERSION_INSIST(package, get-version-cmd, operator, want-version-var)
-dnl 1 2 3 4
-
-AC_DEFUN(NAUTILUS_VERSION_INSIST, [
- ez_want_version=[$]$4
-
- case "$3" in
- ">") ez_operator=-gt ;;
- ">=") ez_operator=-ge ;;
- "<") ez_operator=-lt ;;
- "<=") ez_operator=-le ;;
- "=") ez_operator=-eq ;;
- "!=") ez_operator=-ne ;;
- *) AC_ERROR(Unknown operator $3 in configure script) ;;
- esac
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $1 $3 [$ez_want_version])
-
- if ez_installed_version="`$2`"
- then
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$ez_installed_version])
- else
- AC_ERROR($2 failed)
- fi
-
- if test "NAUTILUS_VERSION_CANON([$ez_installed_version])" "$ez_operator" \
- "NAUTILUS_VERSION_CANON([$ez_want_version])"
- then
- :
- AC_SUBST($4)
- else
- AC_ERROR($1 version [$ez_want_version] is required.)
- fi
-])
-
-dnl NAUTILUS_PATH_FREETYPE2([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
-dnl Test for FreeType2, and define FREETYPE2_CFLAGS and FREETYPE2_LIBS
-dnl
-dnl Shamelessly cut-n-pasted from AM_PATH_LIBART
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(NAUTILUS_PATH_FREETYPE2,
-[dnl
-dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the freetype-config script
-dnl
-AC_ARG_WITH(freetype2-prefix,[ --with-freetype2-prefix=PFX Prefix where FREETYPE2 is installed (optional)],
- freetype2_prefix="$withval", freetype2_prefix="")
-AC_ARG_WITH(freetype2-exec-prefix,[ --with-freetype2-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where FREETYPE2 is installed (optional)],
- freetype2_exec_prefix="$withval", freetype2_exec_prefix="")
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(freetype2test, [ --disable-freetype2test Do not try to compile and run a test FREETYPE2 program],
- , enable_freetype2test=yes)
-
- if test x$freetype2_exec_prefix != x ; then
- freetype2_args="$freetype2_args --exec-prefix=$freetype2_exec_prefix"
- if test x${FREETYPE2_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
- FREETYPE2_CONFIG=$freetype2_exec_prefix/bin/freetype-config
- fi
- fi
- if test x$freetype2_prefix != x ; then
- freetype2_args="$freetype2_args --prefix=$freetype2_prefix"
- if test x${FREETYPE2_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
- FREETYPE2_CONFIG=$freetype2_prefix/bin/freetype-config
- fi
- fi
-
- AC_PATH_PROG(FREETYPE2_CONFIG, freetype-config, no)
- min_freetype2_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.2.5,$1)
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for FREETYPE2 - version >= $min_freetype2_version)
- no_freetype2=""
- if test "$FREETYPE2_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
- no_freetype2=yes
- else
- FREETYPE2_CFLAGS=`$FREETYPE2_CONFIG $freetype2conf_args --cflags`
- FREETYPE2_LIBS=`$FREETYPE2_CONFIG $freetype2conf_args --libs`
-
- freetype2_major_version=`$FREETYPE2_CONFIG $freetype2_args --version | \
- sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\)[[:.]]\([[0-9]]*\)[[:.]]\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
- freetype2_minor_version=`$FREETYPE2_CONFIG $freetype2_args --version | \
- sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\)[[:.]]\([[0-9]]*\)[[:.]]\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
- freetype2_micro_version=`$FREETYPE2_CONFIG $freetype2_args --version | \
- sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\)[[:.]]\([[0-9]]*\)[[:.]]\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
-
- if test "x$enable_freetype2test" = "xyes" ; then
- ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
- ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $FREETYPE2_CFLAGS"
- LIBS="$LIBS $FREETYPE2_LIBS"
-dnl
-dnl Now check if the installed FREETYPE2 is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
-dnl checks the results of freetype-config to some extent
-dnl
- rm -f conf.freetype2test
- AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <freetype/freetype.h>
-
-char*
-my_strdup (char *str)
-{
- char *new_str;
-
- if (str)
- {
- new_str = malloc ((strlen (str) + 1) * sizeof(char));
- strcpy (new_str, str);
- }
- else
- new_str = NULL;
-
- return new_str;
-}
-
-int main ()
-{
- int major, minor, micro;
- char *tmp_version;
-
- system ("touch conf.freetype2test");
-
- /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
- tmp_version = my_strdup("$min_freetype2_version");
- if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, &micro) != 3) {
- printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_freetype2_version");
- exit(1);
- }
-
- if (($freetype2_major_version > major) ||
- (($freetype2_major_version == major) && ($freetype2_minor_version > minor)) ||
- (($freetype2_major_version == major) && ($freetype2_minor_version == minor) && ($freetype2_micro_version >= micro)))
- {
- return 0;
- }
- else
- {
- printf("\n");
- printf("*** \n");
- printf("*** 'freetype-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $freetype2_major_version, $freetype2_minor_version, $freetype2_micro_version);
- printf("*** of FREETYPE2 required is %d.%d.%d. If freetype-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
- printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
- printf("*** If freetype-config was wrong, set the environment variable FREETYPE2_CONFIG\n");
- printf("*** to point to the correct copy of freetype-config, and remove the file\n");
- printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
- printf("*** \n");
-
- return 1;
- }
-}
-
-],, no_freetype2=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
- CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
- LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
- fi
- fi
- if test "x$no_freetype2" = x ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
- ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
- if test "$FREETYPE2_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
- echo "*** The freetype-config script installed by FREETYPE2 could not be found"
- echo "*** If FREETYPE2 was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
- echo "*** your path, or set the FREETYPE2_CONFIG environment variable to the"
- echo "*** full path to freetype-config."
- else
- if test -f conf.freetype2test ; then
- :
- else
- echo "*** Could not run FREETYPE2 test program, checking why..."
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $FREETYPE2_CFLAGS"
- LIBS="$LIBS $FREETYPE2_LIBS"
- AC_TRY_LINK([
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <freetype/freetype.h>
-], [ return 0; ],
- [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
- echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding FREETYPE2 or finding the wrong"
- echo "*** version of FREETYPE2. If it is not finding FREETYPE2, you'll need to set your"
- echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
- echo "*** to the installed location Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
- echo "*** is required on your system"
- echo "***"
- echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
- echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
- [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
- echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means FREETYPE2 was incorrectly installed"
- echo "*** or that you have moved FREETYPE2 since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
- echo "*** may want to edit the freetype-config script: $FREETYPE2_CONFIG" ])
- CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
- LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
- fi
- fi
- FREETYPE2_CFLAGS=""
- FREETYPE2_LIBS=""
- ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
- fi
- AC_SUBST(FREETYPE2_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(FREETYPE2_LIBS)
- rm -f conf.freetype2test
-])
diff --git a/intl/.cvsignore b/intl/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 954b7660..00000000
--- a/intl/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-po2msg.sed
-po2tbl.sed
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index df904de3..00000000
--- a/intl/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-2001-05-23 GNU <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
-
- * Version 0.10.38 released.
-
diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 889ba239..00000000
--- a/intl/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,312 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
-# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-top_builddir = ..
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-transform = @program_transform_name@
-libdir = @libdir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
-aliaspath = $(localedir)
-subdir = intl
-
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
-
-l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
-
-AR = ar
-CC = @CC@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
-YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
-
-DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
--DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-
-COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
-
-HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
-COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
-SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
-COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
-finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
-explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
-localcharset.c
-OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
-finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
-explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
-plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
-GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
-DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
-config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
-DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
-DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc
-DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
-
-# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
-# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
-# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
-# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
-# change these values.
-LTV_CURRENT=1
-LTV_REVISION=1
-LTV_AGE=0
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
-.c.o:
- $(COMPILE) $<
-.c.lo:
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
-
-.y.c:
- $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
- rm -f $*.h
-
-.sin.sed:
- sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
- mv t-$@ $@
-
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
-
-all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
-all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
-all-no-no:
-
-libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
- rm -f $@
- $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
- $(RANLIB) $@
-
-libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
- $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
- $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
- -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
- -rpath $(libdir) \
- -no-undefined
-
-libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
- cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
-
-charset.alias: config.charset
- $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
- mv t-$@ $@
-
-check: all
-
-# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
-# only use the library should use install instead.
-
-# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
-# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
-# separate library.
-# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
-# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
-install: install-exec install-data
-install-exec: all
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
- && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
- if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
- orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
- sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- else \
- if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
- orig=charset.alias; \
- sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- fi; \
- fi; \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
- test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
- && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
- || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
- sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-install-data: all
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
- dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
- for file in $$dists; do \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
- $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
- dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
- for file in $$dists; do \
- if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
- $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
- for file in $$dists; do \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-
-# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
-installcheck:
-
-uninstall:
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
- && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
- if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
- sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
- if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
- rm -f $$dest; \
- else \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- fi; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- fi; \
- if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
- sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
- if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
- rm -f $$dest; \
- else \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- fi; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- fi; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
- for file in VERSION ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-
-info dvi:
-
-$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
-bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
-dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
-
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
- here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-id: ID
-
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
- here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-
-mostlyclean:
- rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
- rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
- rm -f -r .libs _libs
-
-clean: mostlyclean
-
-distclean: clean
- rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
- rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-
-maintainer-clean: distclean
- @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
- @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-
-
-# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
-# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
-distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist distdir: Makefile
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
- additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
- else \
- additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
- fi; \
- $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
- for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
- if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
- ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
- || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
- done
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
- cd .. \
- && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/intl/README.cvs-commits b/intl/README.cvs-commits
deleted file mode 100644
index 88e3d581..00000000
--- a/intl/README.cvs-commits
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS -
-which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects
-a very large number of modules.
-
-Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you
-commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me
-a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok.
-
-Thanks for your understanding,
-
-August 1st, 2001
-Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
-
diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION
deleted file mode 100644
index 268da64a..00000000
--- a/intl/VERSION
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.38
diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e5a74a4..00000000
--- a/intl/bindtextdom.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,368 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
- Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
-# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
- names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
- using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
-# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
-#endif
-
-/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
-#ifndef offsetof
-# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
-extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
-extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
-__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
-# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
-# ifndef strdup
-# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
-# endif
-#else
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
-# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
-#endif
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
- const char **dirnamep,
- const char **codesetp));
-
-/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
- to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
- If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
- modified, only the current value is returned.
- If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
- modified nor returned. */
-static void
-set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
- const char *domainname;
- const char **dirnamep;
- const char **codesetp;
-{
- struct binding *binding;
- int modified;
-
- /* Some sanity checks. */
- if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
- {
- if (dirnamep)
- *dirnamep = NULL;
- if (codesetp)
- *codesetp = NULL;
- return;
- }
-
- __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- modified = 0;
-
- for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
- {
- int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
- if (compare == 0)
- /* We found it! */
- break;
- if (compare < 0)
- {
- /* It is not in the list. */
- binding = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (binding != NULL)
- {
- if (dirnamep)
- {
- const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
-
- if (dirname == NULL)
- /* The current binding has be to returned. */
- *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
- else
- {
- /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
- one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
- old binding. */
- char *result = binding->dirname;
- if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
- {
- if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
- result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
- else
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (dirname);
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- memcpy (result, dirname, len);
-#endif
- }
-
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- {
- if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
- free (binding->dirname);
-
- binding->dirname = result;
- modified = 1;
- }
- }
- *dirnamep = result;
- }
- }
-
- if (codesetp)
- {
- const char *codeset = *codesetp;
-
- if (codeset == NULL)
- /* The current binding has be to returned. */
- *codesetp = binding->codeset;
- else
- {
- /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
- one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
- old binding. */
- char *result = binding->codeset;
- if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (codeset);
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- memcpy (result, codeset, len);
-#endif
-
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- {
- if (binding->codeset != NULL)
- free (binding->codeset);
-
- binding->codeset = result;
- binding->codeset_cntr++;
- modified = 1;
- }
- }
- *codesetp = result;
- }
- }
- }
- else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
- && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
- {
- /* Simply return the default values. */
- if (dirnamep)
- *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
- if (codesetp)
- *codesetp = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- /* We have to create a new binding. */
- size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
- struct binding *new_binding =
- (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
-
- if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
- goto failed;
-
- memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
-
- if (dirnamep)
- {
- const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
-
- if (dirname == NULL)
- /* The default value. */
- dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
- else
- {
- if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
- dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
- else
- {
- char *result;
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (dirname);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_dirname;
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_dirname;
- memcpy (result, dirname, len);
-#endif
- dirname = result;
- }
- }
- *dirnamep = dirname;
- new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
- }
- else
- /* The default value. */
- new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
-
- new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
-
- if (codesetp)
- {
- const char *codeset = *codesetp;
-
- if (codeset != NULL)
- {
- char *result;
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (codeset);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_codeset;
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_codeset;
- memcpy (result, codeset, len);
-#endif
- codeset = result;
- new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
- }
- *codesetp = codeset;
- new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
- }
- else
- new_binding->codeset = NULL;
-
- /* Now enqueue it. */
- if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
- || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
- {
- new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
- _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
- }
- else
- {
- binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
- while (binding->next != NULL
- && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
- binding = binding->next;
-
- new_binding->next = binding->next;
- binding->next = new_binding;
- }
-
- modified = 1;
-
- /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
- if (0)
- {
- failed_codeset:
- if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
- free (new_binding->dirname);
- failed_dirname:
- free (new_binding);
- failed:
- if (dirnamep)
- *dirnamep = NULL;
- if (codesetp)
- *codesetp = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
- if (modified)
- ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-}
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
-char *
-BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *dirname;
-{
- set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
- return (char *) dirname;
-}
-
-/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
- DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
-char *
-BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *codeset;
-{
- set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
- return (char *) codeset;
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
-weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/cat-compat.c b/intl/cat-compat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 867d901b..00000000
--- a/intl/cat-compat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-# include <malloc.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
-# include <nl_types.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "libgettext.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
- ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
- setting of `local'.''
- However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
- defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
- system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-#endif
-
-/* The catalog descriptor. */
-static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
-
-/* Name of the default catalog. */
-static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
-
-/* Name of currently used catalog. */
-static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
-
-/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */
-static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg));
-
-/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-#endif
-
-
-/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */
-char *
-textdomain (domainname)
- const char *domainname;
-{
- nl_catd new_catalog;
- char *new_name;
- size_t new_name_len;
- char *lang;
-
-#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \
- && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
- lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
-#else
- lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
- {
- lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
- if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
- lang = getenv ("LANG");
- }
-#endif
- if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
- lang = "C";
-
- /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */
- if (domainname == NULL)
- return (char *) catalog_name;
-
- if (domainname[0] == '\0')
- domainname = default_catalog_name;
-
- /* Compute length of added path element. */
- new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
- + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
- + sizeof (".cat");
-
- new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
- if (new_name == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
- new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
-
- if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
- {
- /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
- sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
- PACKAGE);
- new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
-
- if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
- {
- free (new_name);
- return (char *) catalog_name;
- }
- }
-
- /* Close old catalog. */
- if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
- catclose (catalog);
- if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
- free ((char *) catalog_name);
-
- catalog = new_catalog;
- catalog_name = new_name;
-
- return (char *) catalog_name;
-}
-
-char *
-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *dirname;
-{
-#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
- char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
- size_t new_val_len;
-
- /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */
- if (domainname == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- /* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need
- the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
- peanuts. */
- new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
- + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-
- old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
- if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
- {
- old_val = NULL;
- new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
- + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
- }
- else
- new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
-
- new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
- if (new_val == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
-# if HAVE_SETENV
- cp = new_val;
-# else
- cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
-# endif
-
- cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
- cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
-
- if (old_val == NULL)
- {
-# if __STDC__
- stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-# else
-
- cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
- stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
-# endif
- }
- else
- stpcpy (cp, old_val);
-
-# if HAVE_SETENV
- setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
- free (new_val);
-# else
- putenv (new_val);
- /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used
- from now on. */
-# endif
-
-#endif
-
- return (char *) domainname;
-}
-
-#undef gettext
-char *
-gettext (msg)
- const char *msg;
-{
- int msgid;
-
- if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
- return (char *) msg;
-
- /* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1.
- The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
- which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */
- msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
- if (msgid == -1)
- return (char *) msg;
-
- return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
-}
-
-/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
- for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when
- the string is not found return -1. */
-static int
-msg_to_cat_id (msg)
- const char *msg;
-{
- int cnt;
-
- for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
- if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
- return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
-
- return -1;
-}
-
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
- avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
- function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
- to be defined. */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
- char *dest;
- const char *src;
-{
- while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
- return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset
deleted file mode 100755
index d6f36955..00000000
--- a/intl/config.charset
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,438 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-#
-# The table consists of lines of the form
-# ALIAS CANONICAL
-#
-# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
-# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
-#
-# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
-# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
-# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
-# MIME charset name is preferred.
-# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
-#
-# name used by which systems a MIME name?
-# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
-# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes
-# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-13 glibc
-# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
-# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
-# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
-# CP437 dos
-# CP775 dos
-# CP850 aix osf dos
-# CP852 dos
-# CP855 dos
-# CP856 aix
-# CP857 dos
-# CP861 dos
-# CP862 dos
-# CP864 dos
-# CP865 dos
-# CP866 freebsd dos
-# CP869 dos
-# CP874 win32 dos
-# CP922 aix
-# CP932 aix win32 dos
-# CP943 aix
-# CP949 osf win32 dos
-# CP950 win32 dos
-# CP1046 aix
-# CP1124 aix
-# CP1129 aix
-# CP1250 win32
-# CP1251 glibc win32
-# CP1252 aix win32
-# CP1253 win32
-# CP1254 win32
-# CP1255 win32
-# CP1256 win32
-# CP1257 win32
-# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
-# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
-# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
-# BIG5HKSCS glibc
-# GBK aix osf win32 dos
-# GB18030 glibc
-# SJIS hpux osf solaris freebsd
-# JOHAB glibc win32
-# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
-# VISCII glibc yes
-# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
-# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
-# HP-GREEK8 hpux
-# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
-# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
-# HP-KANA8 hpux
-# DEC-KANJI osf
-# DEC-HANYU osf
-# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
-#
-# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
-# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
-#
-# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
-# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
-#
-# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
-# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or
-# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-
-host="$1"
-os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
-echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
-echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
-echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
-# List of references, updated during installation:
-echo "# Packages using this file: "
-case "$os" in
- linux* | *-gnu*)
- # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
- # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
- # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
- # need to install the alias file at all.
- # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
- echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
- ;;
- aix*)
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "IBM-850 CP850"
- echo "IBM-856 CP856"
- echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
- echo "IBM-922 CP922"
- echo "IBM-932 CP932"
- echo "IBM-943 CP943"
- echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
- echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
- echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
- echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
- echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
- echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
- echo "big5 BIG5"
- echo "GBK GBK"
- echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
- echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- hpux*)
- echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
- echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
- echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
- echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
- echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
- echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
- echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
- echo "tis620 TIS-620"
- echo "big5 BIG5"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
- echo "hp15CN GB2312"
- #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
- echo "SJIS SJIS"
- echo "utf8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- irix*)
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "eucCN GB2312"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
- ;;
- osf*)
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "cp850 CP850"
- echo "big5 BIG5"
- echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
- echo "dechanzi GB2312"
- echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
- echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
- echo "GBK GBK"
- echo "KSC5601 CP949"
- echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
- echo "SJIS SJIS"
- echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
- echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- solaris*)
- echo "646 ASCII"
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
- echo "BIG5 BIG5"
- echo "gb2312 GB2312"
- echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
- echo "5601 EUC-KR"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "PCK SJIS"
- echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
- #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
- echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- freebsd*)
- # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
- # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
- # from the environment variables.
- echo "C ASCII"
- echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
- for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
- echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
- done
- for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
- fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
- lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- done
- for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- done
- for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
- done
- for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
- echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
- done
- echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
- echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
- echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
- echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
- echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
- echo "ja_JP.SJIS SJIS"
- echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SJIS"
- echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
- ;;
- beos*)
- # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
- echo "* UTF-8"
- ;;
- msdosdjgpp*)
- # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
- # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
- # from the environment variables.
- echo "#"
- echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
- echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
- echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
- echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
- echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
- echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
- echo "#"
- echo "C ASCII"
- # ISO-8859-1 languages
- echo "ca CP850"
- echo "ca_ES CP850"
- echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "de CP850"
- echo "de_AT CP850"
- echo "de_CH CP850"
- echo "de_DE CP850"
- echo "en CP850"
- echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "en_CA CP850"
- echo "en_GB CP850"
- echo "en_NZ CP437"
- echo "en_US CP437"
- echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "es CP850"
- echo "es_AR CP850"
- echo "es_BO CP850"
- echo "es_CL CP850"
- echo "es_CO CP850"
- echo "es_CR CP850"
- echo "es_CU CP850"
- echo "es_DO CP850"
- echo "es_EC CP850"
- echo "es_ES CP850"
- echo "es_GT CP850"
- echo "es_HN CP850"
- echo "es_MX CP850"
- echo "es_NI CP850"
- echo "es_PA CP850"
- echo "es_PY CP850"
- echo "es_PE CP850"
- echo "es_SV CP850"
- echo "es_UY CP850"
- echo "es_VE CP850"
- echo "et CP850"
- echo "et_EE CP850"
- echo "eu CP850"
- echo "eu_ES CP850"
- echo "fi CP850"
- echo "fi_FI CP850"
- echo "fr CP850"
- echo "fr_BE CP850"
- echo "fr_CA CP850"
- echo "fr_CH CP850"
- echo "fr_FR CP850"
- echo "ga CP850"
- echo "ga_IE CP850"
- echo "gd CP850"
- echo "gd_GB CP850"
- echo "gl CP850"
- echo "gl_ES CP850"
- echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
- echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
- echo "it CP850"
- echo "it_CH CP850"
- echo "it_IT CP850"
- echo "lt CP775"
- echo "lt_LT CP775"
- echo "lv CP775"
- echo "lv_LV CP775"
- echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "nl CP850"
- echo "nl_BE CP850"
- echo "nl_NL CP850"
- echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "pt CP850"
- echo "pt_BR CP850"
- echo "pt_PT CP850"
- echo "sv CP850"
- echo "sv_SE CP850"
- # ISO-8859-2 languages
- echo "cs CP852"
- echo "cs_CZ CP852"
- echo "hr CP852"
- echo "hr_HR CP852"
- echo "hu CP852"
- echo "hu_HU CP852"
- echo "pl CP852"
- echo "pl_PL CP852"
- echo "ro CP852"
- echo "ro_RO CP852"
- echo "sk CP852"
- echo "sk_SK CP852"
- echo "sl CP852"
- echo "sl_SI CP852"
- echo "sq CP852"
- echo "sq_AL CP852"
- echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
- echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
- # ISO-8859-3 languages
- echo "mt CP850"
- echo "mt_MT CP850"
- # ISO-8859-5 languages
- echo "be CP866"
- echo "be_BE CP866"
- echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
- echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
- # ISO-8859-6 languages
- echo "ar CP864"
- echo "ar_AE CP864"
- echo "ar_DZ CP864"
- echo "ar_EG CP864"
- echo "ar_IQ CP864"
- echo "ar_IR CP864"
- echo "ar_JO CP864"
- echo "ar_KW CP864"
- echo "ar_MA CP864"
- echo "ar_OM CP864"
- echo "ar_QA CP864"
- echo "ar_SA CP864"
- echo "ar_SY CP864"
- # ISO-8859-7 languages
- echo "el CP869"
- echo "el_GR CP869"
- # ISO-8859-8 languages
- echo "he CP862"
- echo "he_IL CP862"
- # ISO-8859-9 languages
- echo "tr CP857"
- echo "tr_TR CP857"
- # Japanese
- echo "ja CP932"
- echo "ja_JP CP932"
- # Chinese
- echo "zh_CN GBK"
- echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
- # Korean
- echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
- echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
- # Thai
- echo "th CP874"
- echo "th_TH CP874"
- # Other
- echo "eo CP850"
- echo "eo_EO CP850"
- ;;
-esac
diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 469e78de..00000000
--- a/intl/dcgettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-char *
-DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
- int category;
-{
- return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8456550d..00000000
--- a/intl/dcigettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1257 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <alloca.h>
-# else
-# ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-# else
-# ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-#ifndef __set_errno
-# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <string.h>
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-# define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "hash-string.h"
-
-/* Thread safetyness. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
-# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
-# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* Alignment of types. */
-#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
-# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
-#else
-# define alignof(TYPE) \
- ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
- names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
- using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
-# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
-# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
-# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
-#endif
-
-/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
-#ifndef offsetof
-# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# define getcwd __getcwd
-# ifndef stpcpy
-# define stpcpy __stpcpy
-# endif
-# define tfind __tfind
-#else
-# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
-char *getwd ();
-# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
-# else
-char *getcwd ();
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
-static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
-#define PATH_INCR 32
-
-/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
-/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
- PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
- later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
-#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
-#endif
-
-#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
-# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
-#endif
-
-/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
-#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
-# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-#endif
-
-/* Pathname support.
- ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
- IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
- it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
- IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
- */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
-# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
- ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
- && (P)[1] == ':')
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
-# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
- (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
-#else
- /* Unix */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
-# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
-#endif
-
-/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
- ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
- setting of `local'.''
- However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
- ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
- those using GNU C Library). */
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-#endif
-
-/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
- are stored. */
-struct known_translation_t
-{
- /* Domain in which to search. */
- char *domainname;
-
- /* The category. */
- int category;
-
- /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */
- int counter;
-
- /* Catalog where the string was found. */
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
-
- /* And finally the translation. */
- const char *translation;
- size_t translation_length;
-
- /* Pointer to the string in question. */
- char msgid[ZERO];
-};
-
-/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this
- only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
-# include <search.h>
-
-static void *root;
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
-# define tsearch __tsearch
-# endif
-
-/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */
-static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
-static int
-transcmp (p1, p2)
- const void *p1;
- const void *p2;
-{
- const struct known_translation_t *s1;
- const struct known_translation_t *s2;
- int result;
-
- s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
- s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
-
- result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
- if (result == 0)
- {
- result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
- if (result == 0)
- /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
- operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
- LC_MESSAGES). */
- result = s1->category - s2->category;
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
- textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
-const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
-
-/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
-const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
-const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
- calls. */
-struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
- unsigned long int n,
- const char *translation,
- size_t translation_len))
- internal_function;
-static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
- unsigned long int n))
- internal_function;
-static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
-static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
- const char *categoryname))
- internal_function;
-
-
-/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
- some additional code emulating it. */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-/* Nothing has to be done. */
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
-#else
-struct block_list
-{
- void *address;
- struct block_list *next;
-};
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
- do { \
- struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
- /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
- the list. */ \
- if (newp != NULL) { \
- newp->address = (addr); \
- newp->next = (list); \
- (list) = newp; \
- } \
- } while (0)
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
- do { \
- while (list != NULL) { \
- struct block_list *old = list; \
- list = list->next; \
- free (old); \
- } \
- } while (0)
-# undef alloca
-# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
-#endif /* have alloca */
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */
-typedef struct transmem_list
-{
- struct transmem_list *next;
- char data[ZERO];
-} transmem_block_t;
-static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
-#else
-typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
-#endif
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock)
-#endif
-
-/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
- easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
-# define DETERMINE_SECURE
-#else
-# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
-# define getuid() 0
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
-# define getgid() 0
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
-# define geteuid() getuid()
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
-# define getegid() getgid()
-# endif
-static int enable_secure;
-# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
-# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
- if (enable_secure == 0) \
- { \
- if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \
- enable_secure = 1; \
- else \
- enable_secure = -1; \
- }
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
- CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
- depending on the plural form determined by N. */
-char *
-DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- int plural;
- unsigned long int n;
- int category;
-{
-#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
- struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
-#endif
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
- struct binding *binding;
- const char *categoryname;
- const char *categoryvalue;
- char *dirname, *xdomainname;
- char *single_locale;
- char *retval;
- size_t retlen;
- int saved_errno;
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
- struct known_translation_t *search;
- struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
- size_t msgid_len;
-#endif
- size_t domainname_len;
-
- /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
- if (msgid1 == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
- CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
- definition left this undefined. */
- if (domainname == NULL)
- domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
-
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
- msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
-
- /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
- some time. */
- search = (struct known_translation_t *)
- alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
- memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
- search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
- search->category = category;
-
- foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
- if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
- {
- /* Now deal with plural. */
- if (plural)
- retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
- (*foundp)->translation_length);
- else
- retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
- return retval;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Preserve the `errno' value. */
- saved_errno = errno;
-
- /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */
- DETERMINE_SECURE;
-
- /* First find matching binding. */
- for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
- {
- int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
- if (compare == 0)
- /* We found it! */
- break;
- if (compare < 0)
- {
- /* It is not in the list. */
- binding = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (binding == NULL)
- dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
- else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
- dirname = binding->dirname;
- else
- {
- /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
- size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
- size_t path_max;
- char *ret;
-
- path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
- path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
-
- for (;;)
- {
- dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
-
- __set_errno (0);
- ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
- if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
- break;
-
- path_max += path_max / 2;
- path_max += PATH_INCR;
- }
-
- if (ret == NULL)
- {
- /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
- error but simply return the default string. */
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- __set_errno (saved_errno);
- return (plural == 0
- ? (char *) msgid1
- /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
- : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
- }
-
- stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
- }
-
- /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
- categoryname = category_to_name (category);
- categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
-
- domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
- xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
- + domainname_len + 5);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
-
- stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
- domainname, domainname_len),
- ".mo");
-
- /* Creating working area. */
- single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
-
-
- /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
- got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */
- while (1)
- {
- /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
- while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
- ++categoryvalue;
- if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
- {
- /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
- no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
- by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
- will take place. */
- single_locale[0] = 'C';
- single_locale[1] = '\0';
- }
- else
- {
- char *cp = single_locale;
- while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
- *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
- *cp = '\0';
-
- /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
- outside the dedicated directories. */
- if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
- /* Ingore this entry. */
- continue;
- }
-
- /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
- domain. Return the MSGID. */
- if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
- || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
- {
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
- __set_errno (saved_errno);
- return (plural == 0
- ? (char *) msgid1
- /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
- : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
- }
-
-
- /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
- DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
- domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
-
- if (domain != NULL)
- {
- retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
-
- if (retval == NULL)
- {
- int cnt;
-
- for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
- {
- retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
- msgid1, &retlen);
-
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- domain = domain->successor[cnt];
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
- starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- __set_errno (saved_errno);
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
- if (foundp == NULL)
- {
- /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */
- struct known_translation_t *newp;
-
- newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
- malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
- + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
- if (newp != NULL)
- {
- newp->domainname =
- mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
- memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
- newp->category = category;
- newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
- newp->domain = domain;
- newp->translation = retval;
- newp->translation_length = retlen;
-
- /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */
- foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
- tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
- if (foundp == NULL
- || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
- /* The insert failed. */
- free (newp);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* We can update the existing entry. */
- (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
- (*foundp)->domain = domain;
- (*foundp)->translation = retval;
- (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
- }
-#endif
- /* Now deal with plural. */
- if (plural)
- retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
- return retval;
- }
- }
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-
-
-char *
-internal_function
-_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
- const char *msgid;
- size_t *lengthp;
-{
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
- size_t act;
- char *result;
- size_t resultlen;
-
- if (domain_file->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
-
- if (domain_file->data == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
-
- /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
- if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
- {
- /* Use the hashing table. */
- nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
- nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
- nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
- nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
-
- while (1)
- {
- nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
-
- if (nstr == 0)
- /* Hash table entry is empty. */
- return NULL;
-
- /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
- We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
- are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */
- if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
- && (strcmp (msgid,
- domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
- domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
- == 0))
- {
- act = nstr - 1;
- goto found;
- }
-
- if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
- idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
- else
- idx += incr;
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
- else
- {
- /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of
- messages. */
- size_t top, bottom;
-
- bottom = 0;
- top = domain->nstrings;
- while (bottom < top)
- {
- int cmp_val;
-
- act = (bottom + top) / 2;
- cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
- + W (domain->must_swap,
- domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
- if (cmp_val < 0)
- top = act;
- else if (cmp_val > 0)
- bottom = act + 1;
- else
- goto found;
- }
- /* No translation was found. */
- return NULL;
- }
-
- found:
- /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the
- string to use a different character set, this is the time. */
- result = ((char *) domain->data
- + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
- resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
-
-#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
- if (domain->codeset_cntr
- != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
- {
- /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
- since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We
- have to reinitialize the converter. */
- _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
- _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
- }
-
- if (
-# ifdef _LIBC
- domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
-# endif
-# endif
- )
- {
- /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an
- appropriate table with the same structure as the table
- of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
- to the converted strings in.
- There is a slight complication with plural entries. They
- are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We
- handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
- NULs. */
-
- if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
- && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
- sizeof (char *)))
- == NULL))
- /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */
- domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
-
- if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
- /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */
- goto converted;
-
- if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
- {
- /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
- translated yet. Do this now. */
- /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
- We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
- time. This is faster than many small allocations. */
- __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
-# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080
- static unsigned char *freemem;
- static size_t freemem_size;
-
- const unsigned char *inbuf;
- unsigned char *outbuf;
- int malloc_count;
-# ifndef _LIBC
- transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
-# endif
-
- __libc_lock_lock (lock);
-
- inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
- outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
-
- malloc_count = 0;
- while (1)
- {
- transmem_block_t *newmem;
-# ifdef _LIBC
- size_t non_reversible;
- int res;
-
- if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
- goto resize_freemem;
-
- res = __gconv (domain->conv,
- &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
- &outbuf,
- outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
- &non_reversible);
-
- if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
- break;
-
- if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
- {
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- goto converted;
- }
-
- inbuf = result;
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
- size_t inleft = resultlen;
- char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
- size_t outleft;
-
- if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
- goto resize_freemem;
-
- outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
- if (iconv (domain->conv,
- (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
- &outptr, &outleft)
- != (size_t) (-1))
- {
- outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
- break;
- }
- if (errno != E2BIG)
- {
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- goto converted;
- }
-# endif
-# endif
-
- resize_freemem:
- /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */
- if (malloc_count > 0)
- {
- ++malloc_count;
- freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
- newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
- freemem_size);
-# ifdef _LIBC
- if (newmem != NULL)
- transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
- else
- {
- struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
-
- transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
- free (old);
- }
-# endif
- }
- else
- {
- malloc_count = 1;
- freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
- newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
- }
- if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
- {
- freemem = NULL;
- freemem_size = 0;
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- goto converted;
- }
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
- /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
- at some point. */
- newmem->next = transmem_list;
- transmem_list = newmem;
-
- freemem = newmem->data;
- freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
-# else
- transmem_list = newmem;
- freemem = newmem;
-# endif
-
- outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
- }
-
- /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this
- into the table of conversions. */
- *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
- domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
- /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */
- freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
- freemem = outbuf;
- freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
- freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
-
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- }
-
- /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
- the plural variants. */
- result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
- resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
- }
-
- converted:
- /* The result string is converted. */
-
-#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
-
- *lengthp = resultlen;
- return result;
-}
-
-
-/* Look up a plural variant. */
-static char *
-internal_function
-plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
- unsigned long int n;
- const char *translation;
- size_t translation_len;
-{
- struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
- unsigned long int index;
- const char *p;
-
- index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
- if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
- /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the
- given maximum value do not match. */
- index = 0;
-
- /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */
- p = translation;
- while (index-- > 0)
- {
-#ifdef _LIBC
- p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
-#else
- p = strchr (p, '\0');
-#endif
- /* And skip over the NUL byte. */
- p++;
-
- if (p >= translation + translation_len)
- /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression
- evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
- available for MSGID1. */
- return (char *) translation;
- }
- return (char *) p;
-}
-
-
-/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
-static unsigned long int
-internal_function
-plural_eval (pexp, n)
- struct expression *pexp;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- switch (pexp->nargs)
- {
- case 0:
- switch (pexp->operation)
- {
- case var:
- return n;
- case num:
- return pexp->val.num;
- default:
- break;
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- break;
- case 1:
- {
- /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
- unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
- return ! arg;
- }
- case 2:
- {
- unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
- if (pexp->operation == lor)
- return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
- else if (pexp->operation == land)
- return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
- else
- {
- unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
-
- switch (pexp->operation)
- {
- case mult:
- return leftarg * rightarg;
- case divide:
- return leftarg / rightarg;
- case module:
- return leftarg % rightarg;
- case plus:
- return leftarg + rightarg;
- case minus:
- return leftarg - rightarg;
- case less_than:
- return leftarg < rightarg;
- case greater_than:
- return leftarg > rightarg;
- case less_or_equal:
- return leftarg <= rightarg;
- case greater_or_equal:
- return leftarg >= rightarg;
- case equal:
- return leftarg == rightarg;
- case not_equal:
- return leftarg != rightarg;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- break;
- }
- case 3:
- {
- /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
- unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
- return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
- }
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
-static const char *
-internal_function
-category_to_name (category)
- int category;
-{
- const char *retval;
-
- switch (category)
- {
-#ifdef LC_COLLATE
- case LC_COLLATE:
- retval = "LC_COLLATE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_CTYPE
- case LC_CTYPE:
- retval = "LC_CTYPE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MONETARY
- case LC_MONETARY:
- retval = "LC_MONETARY";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
- case LC_NUMERIC:
- retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_TIME
- case LC_TIME:
- retval = "LC_TIME";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
- case LC_MESSAGES:
- retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
- case LC_RESPONSE:
- retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_ALL
- case LC_ALL:
- /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
- value. */
- retval = "LC_ALL";
- break;
-#endif
- default:
- /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
- retval = "LC_XXX";
- }
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
-static const char *
-internal_function
-guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
- int category;
- const char *categoryname;
-{
- const char *language;
- const char *retval;
-
- /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
- variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected
- locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */
- language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
- if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
- language = NULL;
-
- /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
- `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the
- `setlocale' function itself. */
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL)
- retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
-#else
- /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
- retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
- {
- /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
- retval = getenv (categoryname);
- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
- {
- /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
- retval = getenv ("LANG");
- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
- /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
- implementation defined. */
- return "C";
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
-}
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
- avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
- function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
- to be defined. */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
- char *dest;
- const char *src;
-{
- while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
- return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
-static void *
-mempcpy (dest, src, n)
- void *dest;
- const void *src;
- size_t n;
-{
- return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
- program's end. */
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
- void *old;
-
- while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
- {
- struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
- _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
- if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
- /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
- free (oldp->dirname);
- free (oldp->codeset);
- free (oldp);
- }
-
- if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
- /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
- free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
-
- /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */
- __tdestroy (root, free);
- root = NULL;
-
- while (transmem_list != NULL)
- {
- old = transmem_list;
- transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
- free (old);
- }
-}
-
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e5da2577..00000000
--- a/intl/dcngettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-char *
-DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
- int category;
-{
- return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c5130411..00000000
--- a/intl/dgettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-#else
-# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. */
-char *
-DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 79aaa9ae..00000000
--- a/intl/dngettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-#else
-# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
-char *
-DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c4ddcc41..00000000
--- a/intl/explodename.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-# define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-# define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-char *
-_nl_find_language (name)
- const char *name;
-{
- while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
- && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
- ++name;
-
- return (char *) name;
-}
-
-
-int
-_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
- normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
- char *name;
- const char **language;
- const char **modifier;
- const char **territory;
- const char **codeset;
- const char **normalized_codeset;
- const char **special;
- const char **sponsor;
- const char **revision;
-{
- enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
- char *cp;
- int mask;
-
- *modifier = NULL;
- *territory = NULL;
- *codeset = NULL;
- *normalized_codeset = NULL;
- *special = NULL;
- *sponsor = NULL;
- *revision = NULL;
-
- /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
- look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
- we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
- mask = 0;
- syntax = undecided;
- *language = cp = name;
- cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
-
- if (*language == cp)
- /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
- this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
- cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
- else if (cp[0] == '_')
- {
- /* Next is the territory. */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *territory = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
- && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= TERRITORY;
-
- if (cp[0] == '.')
- {
- /* Next is the codeset. */
- syntax = xpg;
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *codeset = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= XPG_CODESET;
-
- if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
- {
- *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
- cp - *codeset);
- if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
- free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
- else
- mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
- {
- /* Next is the modifier. */
- syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *modifier = ++cp;
-
- while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
- && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
- }
-
- if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
- {
- syntax = cen;
-
- if (cp[0] == '+')
- {
- /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *special = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
- }
-
- if (cp[0] == ',')
- {
- /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *sponsor = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
- }
-
- if (cp[0] == '_')
- {
- /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *revision = ++cp;
-
- mask |= CEN_REVISION;
- }
- }
-
- /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
- separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
- if (syntax == xpg)
- {
- if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
- mask &= ~TERRITORY;
-
- if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
- mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
-
- if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
- mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
- }
-
- return mask;
-}
diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4882554f..00000000
--- a/intl/finddomain.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-/* List of already loaded domains. */
-static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
-
-
-/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
- the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
- established bindings. */
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-internal_function
-_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
- const char *dirname;
- char *locale;
- const char *domainname;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
- struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
- const char *language;
- const char *modifier;
- const char *territory;
- const char *codeset;
- const char *normalized_codeset;
- const char *special;
- const char *sponsor;
- const char *revision;
- const char *alias_value;
- int mask;
-
- /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
-
- language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
-
- and six parts for the CEN syntax:
-
- language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
-
- Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
- the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
- looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
- the following order:
- (1) revision
- (2) sponsor
- (3) special
- (4) codeset
- (5) normalized codeset
- (6) territory
- (7) audience/modifier
- */
-
- /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
- be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
- retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
- strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- /* We know something about this locale. */
- int cnt;
-
- if (retval->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
-
- if (retval->data != NULL)
- return retval;
-
- for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
- {
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
-
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
- break;
- }
- return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
-
- /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
- *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
- done. */
- alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
- if (alias_value != NULL)
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- locale = strdup (alias_value);
- if (locale == NULL)
- return NULL;
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
- locale = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (locale == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
-#endif
- }
-
- /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
- look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
- we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
- mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
- &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
- &sponsor, &revision);
-
- /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
- generalization. */
- retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
- strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
- codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
- sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
- if (retval == NULL)
- /* This means we are out of core. */
- return NULL;
-
- if (retval->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
- if (retval->data == NULL)
- {
- int cnt;
- for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
- {
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
- if (alias_value != NULL)
- free (locale);
-
- /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
- if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
- free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
- struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
-
- while (runp != NULL)
- {
- struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
- if (runp->data != NULL)
- _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
- runp = runp->next;
- free ((char *) here->filename);
- free (here);
- }
-}
-
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a6402055..00000000
--- a/intl/gettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define __need_NULL
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define GETTEXT __gettext
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-#else
-# define GETTEXT gettext__
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-char *
-GETTEXT (msgid)
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.h b/intl/gettext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eb588907..00000000
--- a/intl/gettext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
-#define _GETTEXT_H 1
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
-#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
-#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
-
-/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
-#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
-
-/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
- to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
- alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
- as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
- when cross-compiling. */
-
-#if __STDC__
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
-#else
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
-#endif
-
-/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
- This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
- that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
- (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
-
-#ifndef UINT_MAX
-# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-#endif
-
-#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
-#else
-# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
-# else
-# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
-# else
- /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
- not portable enough. */
- "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
-struct mo_file_header
-{
- /* The magic number. */
- nls_uint32 magic;
- /* The revision number of the file format. */
- nls_uint32 revision;
- /* The number of strings pairs. */
- nls_uint32 nstrings;
- /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
- nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
- /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
- nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
- /* Size of hashing table. */
- nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
- /* Offset of first hashing entry. */
- nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
-};
-
-struct string_desc
-{
- /* Length of addressed string. */
- nls_uint32 length;
- /* Offset of string in file. */
- nls_uint32 offset;
-};
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif /* gettext.h */
diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ee8ca48e..00000000
--- a/intl/gettextP.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
-#define _GETTEXTP_H
-
-#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
-# include <iconv.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
- almost always true or almost always false. */
-#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef W
-# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <byteswap.h>
-# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
-#else
-static inline nls_uint32
-SWAP (i)
- nls_uint32 i;
-{
- return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
- plural form. */
-struct expression
-{
- int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
- enum operator
- {
- /* Without arguments: */
- var, /* The variable "n". */
- num, /* Decimal number. */
- /* Unary operators: */
- lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
- /* Binary operators: */
- mult, /* Multiplication. */
- divide, /* Division. */
- module, /* Module operation. */
- plus, /* Addition. */
- minus, /* Subtraction. */
- less_than, /* Comparison. */
- greater_than, /* Comparison. */
- less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
- greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
- equal, /* Comparision for equality. */
- not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */
- land, /* Logical AND. */
- lor, /* Logical OR. */
- /* Ternary operators: */
- qmop /* Question mark operator. */
- } operation;
- union
- {
- unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
- struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
- } val;
-};
-
-/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
- the result in a thread-safe way. */
-struct parse_args
-{
- const char *cp;
- struct expression *res;
-};
-
-
-/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
-struct loaded_domain
-{
- const char *data;
- int use_mmap;
- size_t mmap_size;
- int must_swap;
- nls_uint32 nstrings;
- struct string_desc *orig_tab;
- struct string_desc *trans_tab;
- nls_uint32 hash_size;
- nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
- int codeset_cntr;
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __gconv_t conv;
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- iconv_t conv;
-# endif
-#endif
- char **conv_tab;
-
- struct expression *plural;
- unsigned long int nplurals;
-};
-
-/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
- doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define ZERO 0
-#else
-# define ZERO 1
-#endif
-
-/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
- from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
-struct binding
-{
- struct binding *next;
- char *dirname;
- int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
- char *codeset;
- char domainname[ZERO];
-};
-
-/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
- become invalid.
- This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
- char *__locale,
- const char *__domainname,
- struct binding *__domainbinding))
- internal_function;
-void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
- struct binding *__domainbinding))
- internal_function;
-void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
- internal_function;
-const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
- struct loaded_domain *__domain,
- struct binding *__domainbinding))
- internal_function;
-void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
- internal_function;
-
-char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
- struct binding *domainbinding,
- const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
- internal_function;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int n));
-extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n, int __category));
-extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
- int __category));
-extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname));
-extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__codeset));
-#else
-extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid));
-extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n, int __category));
-extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
- int __category));
-extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname));
-extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__codeset));
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
- internal_function;
-extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
-#else
-extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
- internal_function;
-extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
-#endif
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif /* gettextP.h */
diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 37d4ce1a..00000000
--- a/intl/hash-string.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
-#define HASHWORDBITS 32
-
-
-/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
- [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
- 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
-static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
-
-static inline unsigned long int
-hash_string (str_param)
- const char *str_param;
-{
- unsigned long int hval, g;
- const char *str = str_param;
-
- /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
- hval = 0;
- while (*str != '\0')
- {
- hval <<= 4;
- hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
- g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
- if (g != 0)
- {
- hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
- hval ^= g;
- }
- }
- return hval;
-}
diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b8edaa17..00000000
--- a/intl/intl-compat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
- Library.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "libgnuintl.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
- those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
- It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
- configured --with-included-gettext.
-
- This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
- the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
- If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
- libgnuintl.h of the following form:
-
-# define gettext gettext__
-# define dgettext dgettext__
-# define dcgettext dcgettext__
-# define ngettext ngettext__
-# define dngettext dngettext__
-# define dcngettext dcngettext__
-# define textdomain textdomain__
-# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
-# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
-
- How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
- A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
- functions defined in the executable always override functions in
- the shared libraries.
- B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
- 1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
- (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
- ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
- letting other shared libraries override it.
- 2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
- libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
- shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
- *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
-
- A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
- whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
- Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
- containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
- the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
- to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
- command line. */
-
-
-#undef gettext
-#undef dgettext
-#undef dcgettext
-#undef ngettext
-#undef dngettext
-#undef dcngettext
-#undef textdomain
-#undef bindtextdomain
-#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
-
-
-char *
-gettext (msgid)
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return gettext__ (msgid);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dgettext (domainname, msgid)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
- int category;
-{
- return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
-}
-
-
-char *
-ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
- int category;
-{
- return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
-}
-
-
-char *
-textdomain (domainname)
- const char *domainname;
-{
- return textdomain__ (domainname);
-}
-
-
-char *
-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *dirname;
-{
- return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
-}
-
-
-char *
-bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *codeset;
-{
- return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
-}
diff --git a/intl/intlh.inst.in b/intl/intlh.inst.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 62d323cd..00000000
--- a/intl/intlh.inst.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-#define _LIBINTL_H 1
-
-@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
- implementation of gettext. */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. */
-extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
- int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
- If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
- If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
-extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
-extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname));
-
-
-/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
-#if defined __OPTIMIZED
-/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the
- `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
- false. */
-
-# define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid)
-
-# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
- dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
-/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign,
- whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
- translations. */
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \
- (__extension__ \
- ({ \
- char *__result; \
- if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \
- { \
- static char *__translation__; \
- static int __catalog_counter__; \
- if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
- { \
- __translation__ = \
- (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
- __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
- } \
- __result = __translation__; \
- } \
- else \
- __result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
- __result; \
- }))
-# endif
-#endif /* Optimizing. */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 557253eb..00000000
--- a/intl/l10nflist.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,404 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <string.h>
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-# define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
-# include <argz.h>
-#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-# define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-# define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# ifndef stpcpy
-# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
-# endif
-#else
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Define function which are usually not available. */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
-/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
-static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
-
-static size_t
-argz_count__ (argz, len)
- const char *argz;
- size_t len;
-{
- size_t count = 0;
- while (len > 0)
- {
- size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
- argz += part_len + 1;
- len -= part_len + 1;
- count++;
- }
- return count;
-}
-# undef __argz_count
-# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
-#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
-/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
- except the last into the character SEP. */
-static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
-
-static void
-argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
- char *argz;
- size_t len;
- int sep;
-{
- while (len > 0)
- {
- size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
- argz += part_len;
- len -= part_len + 1;
- if (len > 0)
- *argz++ = sep;
- }
-}
-# undef __argz_stringify
-# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
-#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
-static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
- const char *entry));
-
-static char *
-argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
- char *argz;
- size_t argz_len;
- const char *entry;
-{
- if (entry)
- {
- if (entry < argz + argz_len)
- entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
-
- return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
- }
- else
- if (argz_len > 0)
- return argz;
- else
- return 0;
-}
-# undef __argz_next
-# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
-#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
-
-
-/* Return number of bits set in X. */
-static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
-
-static inline int
-pop (x)
- int x;
-{
- /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
- x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
- x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
- x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
- x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
-
- return x;
-}
-
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
- territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
- sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
- struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
- const char *dirlist;
- size_t dirlist_len;
- int mask;
- const char *language;
- const char *territory;
- const char *codeset;
- const char *normalized_codeset;
- const char *modifier;
- const char *special;
- const char *sponsor;
- const char *revision;
- const char *filename;
- int do_allocate;
-{
- char *abs_filename;
- struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
- struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
- char *cp;
- size_t entries;
- int cnt;
-
- /* Allocate room for the full file name. */
- abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
- + strlen (language)
- + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
- ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
- + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
- ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
- + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
- ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
- + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
- || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
- ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
- + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
- ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
- + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
- || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
- ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
- ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
- + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
- ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
- + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
-
- if (abs_filename == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- retval = NULL;
- last = NULL;
-
- /* Construct file name. */
- memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
- __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
- cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
- *cp++ = '/';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
-
- if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '_';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
- }
- if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '.';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
- }
- if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '.';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
- }
- if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
- {
- /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
- leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
- *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
- }
- if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '+';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
- }
- if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = ',';
- if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
- cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
- if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '_';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
- }
- }
-
- *cp++ = '/';
- stpcpy (cp, filename);
-
- /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
- available. */
- last = NULL;
- for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
- if (retval->filename != NULL)
- {
- int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
- if (compare == 0)
- /* We found it! */
- break;
- if (compare < 0)
- {
- /* It's not in the list. */
- retval = NULL;
- break;
- }
-
- last = retval;
- }
-
- if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
- {
- free (abs_filename);
- return retval;
- }
-
- retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
- malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
- * (1 << pop (mask))
- * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
- if (retval == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- retval->filename = abs_filename;
- retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
- || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
- && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
- retval->data = NULL;
-
- if (last == NULL)
- {
- retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
- *l10nfile_list = retval;
- }
- else
- {
- retval->next = last->next;
- last->next = retval;
- }
-
- entries = 0;
- /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
- a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
- of the inner loop. */
- cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
- for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
- if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
- && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
- && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
- {
- /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
- char *dir = NULL;
-
- while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
- != NULL)
- retval->successor[entries++]
- = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
- language, territory, codeset,
- normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
- sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
- }
- retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
- names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
- names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
- freed by the caller. */
-const char *
-_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
- const char *codeset;
- size_t name_len;
-{
- int len = 0;
- int only_digit = 1;
- char *retval;
- char *wp;
- size_t cnt;
-
- for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
- if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
- {
- ++len;
-
- if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
- only_digit = 0;
- }
-
- retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
-
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- if (only_digit)
- wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
- else
- wp = retval;
-
- for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
- if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
- *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
- else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
- *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
-
- *wp = '\0';
- }
-
- return (const char *) retval;
-}
-
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
- avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
- function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
- to be defined. */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
- char *dest;
- const char *src;
-{
- while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
- return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/libgettext.h b/intl/libgettext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 553382ca..00000000
--- a/intl/libgettext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
-#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
-
-/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-
-/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
-# include <libintl.h>
-
-#else
-
-# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
-# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
-# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
-# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
- ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
-# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
- ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
-# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
- ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
-# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
-# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
-# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
-
-#endif
-
-/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
- translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
-#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
-
-#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h b/intl/libgnuintl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 577001a4..00000000
--- a/intl/libgnuintl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-#define _LIBINTL_H 1
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
- gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
- On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
- On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
- this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition
- warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */
-#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
-# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
-#endif
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
- implementation of gettext. */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
- precedence over _conio_gettext. */
-#ifdef __DJGPP__
-# undef gettext
-# define gettext gettext
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. */
-extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
- int __category));
-
-
-/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
- number N. */
-extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n));
-
-/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
- number N. */
-extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
- const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
-
-/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
- number N. */
-extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
- const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
- int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
- If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
- If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
-extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
-extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname));
-
-/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
- DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
-extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__codeset));
-
-
-/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
-#if defined __OPTIMIZED
-/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */
-
-# define gettext(msgid) \
- dgettext (NULL, msgid)
-
-# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
- dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \
- dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
-
-# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
- dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-#endif /* Optimizing. */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/libintl.glibc b/intl/libintl.glibc
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e5b8f9e..00000000
--- a/intl/libintl.glibc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/* libgettext.h -- Message catalogs for internationalization.
-Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-Contributed by Ulrich Drepper.
-This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package.
-
-The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
-not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-#define _LIBINTL_H 1
-#include <features.h>
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#define __need_NULL
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
- implementation of gettext. */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-__BEGIN_DECLS
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. */
-extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
- __const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
- __const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
- __const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
- __const char *__msgid, int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
- If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
- If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
-extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
-extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
-extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
- __const char *__dirname));
-extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
- __const char *__dirname));
-
-
-/* Optimized version of the function above. */
-#if defined __OPTIMIZED
-/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the
- `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
- false. */
-
-# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid)
-
-# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
- dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
-# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \
- (__extension__ \
- ({ \
- char *result; \
- if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \
- { \
- extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
- static char *__translation__; \
- static int __catalog_counter__; \
- if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
- { \
- __translation__ = \
- __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
- __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
- } \
- result = __translation__; \
- } \
- else \
- result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
- result; \
- }))
-# endif
-#endif /* Optimizing. */
-
-
-__END_DECLS
-
-#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/linux-msg.sed b/intl/linux-msg.sed
deleted file mode 100644
index 5918e720..00000000
--- a/intl/linux-msg.sed
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-#
-# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
-# message set number. We use always set number 1.
-#
-1 {
- i\
-$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
- h
- s/.*/0/
- x
-}
-#
-# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
-#
-# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
- s/msgid[ ]*"//
-#
-# This does not work now with the new format.
-# /"$/! {
-# s/\\$//
-# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
-# }
- x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
- td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
- :d
- s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
- td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
- s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
- s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
- s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
- s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
- s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
- s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
- s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
- s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
- s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
- s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
- s/_/0/g
- x
- G
- s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
-}
-#
-# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
-# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
-# each message we assign them to the messages.
-# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
-# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
-# of declarations must not be changed.)
-#
-/^msgstr/ {
- s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
-# Clear substitution flag.
- tb
-# Append the next line.
- :b
- N
-# Look whether second part is continuation line.
- s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
-# Yes, then branch.
- ta
- P
- D
-# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
-# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
- :a
- s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
- P
-# We cannot use D here.
- s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
- tb
-}
-d
diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5171a8f6..00000000
--- a/intl/loadinfo.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
- Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
-#define _LOADINFO_H 1
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
- almost always true or almost always false. */
-#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
-#endif
-
-/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
-#else
- /* Unix */
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
-#endif
-
-/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
-#define CEN_REVISION 1
-#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
-#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
-#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
-#define XPG_CODESET 16
-#define TERRITORY 32
-#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
-#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
-
-#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
-#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
-
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile
-{
- const char *filename;
- int decided;
-
- const void *data;
-
- struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
- struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
-};
-
-
-/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
- names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
- names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
- freed by the caller. */
-extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
- size_t name_len));
-
-extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
- const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
- const char *language, const char *territory,
- const char *codeset,
- const char *normalized_codeset,
- const char *modifier, const char *special,
- const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
- const char *filename, int do_allocate));
-
-
-extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
- the caller. */
-extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
- const char **modifier,
- const char **territory,
- const char **codeset,
- const char **normalized_codeset,
- const char **special,
- const char **sponsor,
- const char **revision));
-
-extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-#endif /* loadinfo.h */
diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d589243b..00000000
--- a/intl/loadmsgcat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,566 +0,0 @@
-/* Load needed message catalogs.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <alloca.h>
-# else
-# ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-# else
-# ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <langinfo.h>
-# include <locale.h>
-#endif
-
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
- || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
-# include <sys/mman.h>
-# undef HAVE_MMAP
-# define HAVE_MMAP 1
-#else
-# undef HAVE_MMAP
-#endif
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# define open __open
-# define close __close
-# define read __read
-# define mmap __mmap
-# define munmap __munmap
-#endif
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
-#else
-# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
-#endif
-
-/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
- some additional code emulating it. */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-# define freea(p) /* nothing */
-#else
-# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
-# define freea(p) free (p)
-#endif
-
-/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
- O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
-#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
- /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
-# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
-# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
-#endif
-#ifdef __BEOS__
- /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
-# undef O_BINARY
-# undef O_TEXT
-#endif
-/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
- with all translations. This is important if the translations are
- cached by one of GCC's features. */
-int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
- || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
-
-/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
- form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
-static const struct expression plvar =
-{
- .nargs = 0,
- .operation = var,
-};
-static const struct expression plone =
-{
- .nargs = 0,
- .operation = num,
- .val =
- {
- .num = 1
- }
-};
-static struct expression germanic_plural =
-{
- .nargs = 2,
- .operation = not_equal,
- .val =
- {
- .args =
- {
- [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
- [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
- }
- }
-};
-
-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
-
-#else
-
-/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
- Initialization at run-time. */
-
-static struct expression plvar;
-static struct expression plone;
-static struct expression germanic_plural;
-
-static void
-init_germanic_plural ()
-{
- if (plone.val.num == 0)
- {
- plvar.nargs = 0;
- plvar.operation = var;
-
- plone.nargs = 0;
- plone.operation = num;
- plone.val.num = 1;
-
- germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
- germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
- germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
- germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
- }
-}
-
-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
-
-#endif
-
-
-/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
- Return the header entry. */
-const char *
-internal_function
-_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
- /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
- This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
- entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
- information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
- current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
- char *nullentry;
- size_t nullentrylen;
-
- /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
- domain->codeset_cntr =
- (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
-#ifdef _LIBC
- domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
-# endif
-#endif
- domain->conv_tab = NULL;
-
- /* Get the header entry. */
- nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
-
- if (nullentry != NULL)
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
- const char *charsetstr;
-
- charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
- if (charsetstr != NULL)
- {
- size_t len;
- char *charset;
- const char *outcharset;
-
- charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
- len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
-
- charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
-# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
- *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
-# else
- memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
- charset[len] = '\0';
-# endif
-
- /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
- locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
- set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
- this. Moreover, the value specified through
- bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
- if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
- outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
- else
- {
- outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
- if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
- {
-# ifdef _LIBC
- outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- extern const char *locale_charset (void);
- outcharset = locale_charset ();
-# endif
-# endif
- }
- }
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
- /* We always want to use transliteration. */
- outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
- charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
- if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
- GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
- != __GCONV_OK)
- domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration. */
-# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
- len = strlen (outcharset);
- {
- char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
- memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
- memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
- outcharset = tmp;
- }
-# endif
- domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
-# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
- freea (outcharset);
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-
- freea (charset);
- }
-#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
- }
-
- return nullentry;
-}
-
-/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
-{
- if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
- free (domain->conv_tab);
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
- __gconv_close (domain->conv);
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
- iconv_close (domain->conv);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
- message catalog do nothing. */
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
- int fd;
- size_t size;
-#ifdef _LIBC
- struct stat64 st;
-#else
- struct stat st;
-#endif
- struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
- int use_mmap = 0;
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
- const char *nullentry;
-
- domain_file->decided = 1;
- domain_file->data = NULL;
-
- /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
- because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
- a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */
-
- /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
- might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
- specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
- syntax. */
- if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
- return;
-
- /* Try to open the addressed file. */
- fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
- if (fd == -1)
- return;
-
- /* We must know about the size of the file. */
- if (
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
-#else
- __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
-#endif
- || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
- || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
- {
- /* Something went wrong. */
- close (fd);
- return;
- }
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
- this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
- data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
- MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
-
- if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
- {
- /* mmap() call was successful. */
- close (fd);
- use_mmap = 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
- it manually. */
- if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
- {
- size_t to_read;
- char *read_ptr;
-
- data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
- if (data == NULL)
- return;
-
- to_read = size;
- read_ptr = (char *) data;
- do
- {
- long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
- if (nb <= 0)
- {
-#ifdef EINTR
- if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
- continue;
-#endif
- close (fd);
- return;
- }
- read_ptr += nb;
- to_read -= nb;
- }
- while (to_read > 0);
-
- close (fd);
- }
-
- /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
- catalog file. */
- if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
- 0))
- {
- /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- if (use_mmap)
- munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
- else
-#endif
- free (data);
- return;
- }
-
- domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
- if (domain == NULL)
- return;
- domain_file->data = domain;
-
- domain->data = (char *) data;
- domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
- domain->mmap_size = size;
- domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
-
- /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
- switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
- {
- case 0:
- domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
- domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
- ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
- domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
- ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
- domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
- domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
- ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
- break;
- default:
- /* This is an invalid revision. */
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- if (use_mmap)
- munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
- else
-#endif
- free (data);
- free (domain);
- domain_file->data = NULL;
- return;
- }
-
- /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
- the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
- specified character set or the locale's character set. */
- nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
-
- /* Also look for a plural specification. */
- if (nullentry != NULL)
- {
- const char *plural;
- const char *nplurals;
-
- plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
- nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
- if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
- goto no_plural;
- else
- {
- /* First get the number. */
- char *endp;
- unsigned long int n;
- struct parse_args args;
-
- nplurals += 9;
- while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
- ++nplurals;
-#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
- n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
-#else
- for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
- n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
-#endif
- domain->nplurals = n;
- if (nplurals == endp)
- goto no_plural;
-
- /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
- scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
- passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
- is passed down to the parser. */
- plural += 7;
- args.cp = plural;
- if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
- goto no_plural;
- domain->plural = args.res;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
- for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
- English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
- no_plural:
- INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
- domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
- domain->nplurals = 2;
- }
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_unload_domain (domain)
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
-{
- if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
- __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
-
- _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
-
-# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
- if (domain->use_mmap)
- munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
- else
-# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
- free ((void *) domain->data);
-
- free (domain);
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 22e09e41..00000000
--- a/intl/localcharset.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
-/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
-
- Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
-# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
-# define WIN32
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-# include <langinfo.h>
-# else
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
-# include <locale.h>
-# endif
-# endif
-#else /* WIN32 */
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
-# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
-#endif
-
-/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
- possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
- are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
- 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
- and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
- are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
-#if __STDC__ != 1
-# define volatile /* empty */
-#endif
-/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
- read, else NULL. Its format is:
- ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
-static char * volatile charset_aliases;
-
-/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
-static const char *
-get_charset_aliases ()
-{
- char *cp;
-
- cp = charset_aliases;
- if (cp == NULL)
- {
-#ifndef WIN32
- FILE *fp;
- const char *dir = LIBDIR;
- const char *base = "charset.alias";
- char *file_name;
-
- /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
- {
- size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
- size_t base_len = strlen (base);
- int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
- file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
- if (file_name != NULL)
- {
- memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
- if (add_slash)
- file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
- memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
- }
- }
-
- if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
- /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
- cp = "";
- else
- {
- /* Parse the file's contents. */
- int c;
- char buf1[50+1];
- char buf2[50+1];
- char *res_ptr = NULL;
- size_t res_size = 0;
- size_t l1, l2;
-
- for (;;)
- {
- c = getc (fp);
- if (c == EOF)
- break;
- if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
- continue;
- if (c == '#')
- {
- /* Skip comment, to end of line. */
- do
- c = getc (fp);
- while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
- if (c == EOF)
- break;
- continue;
- }
- ungetc (c, fp);
- if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
- break;
- l1 = strlen (buf1);
- l2 = strlen (buf2);
- if (res_size == 0)
- {
- res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
- res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
- }
- else
- {
- res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
- res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
- }
- if (res_ptr == NULL)
- {
- /* Out of memory. */
- res_size = 0;
- break;
- }
- strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
- strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
- }
- fclose (fp);
- if (res_size == 0)
- cp = "";
- else
- {
- *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
- cp = res_ptr;
- }
- }
-
- if (file_name != NULL)
- free (file_name);
-
-#else /* WIN32 */
-
- /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
- directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
- runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
-
- cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
- "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
-#endif
-
- charset_aliases = cp;
- }
-
- return cp;
-}
-
-/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
- into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
- The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
- If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
- name. */
-
-#ifdef STATIC
-STATIC
-#endif
-const char *
-locale_charset ()
-{
- const char *codeset;
- const char *aliases;
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-
-# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-
- /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
- codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
-
-# else
-
- /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
- const char *locale = NULL;
-
- /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
- (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
- use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
- locale name the user has set. */
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
- locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
-# endif
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- {
- locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- {
- locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- locale = getenv ("LANG");
- }
- }
-
- /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
- you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
- through the charset.alias file. */
- codeset = locale;
-
-# endif
-
-#else /* WIN32 */
-
- static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
-
- /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
- sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
- codeset = buf;
-
-#endif
-
- if (codeset == NULL)
- /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
- codeset = "";
-
- /* Resolve alias. */
- for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
- *aliases != '\0';
- aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
- if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
- || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
- {
- codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
- break;
- }
-
- return codeset;
-}
diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias
deleted file mode 100644
index 48940f74..00000000
--- a/intl/locale.alias
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-# Locale name alias data base.
-# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
-# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
-# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
-# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
-# All entries are case independent.
-
-# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
-# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
-# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
-# bugs@gnu.org.
-
-# Packages using this file:
-
-bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
-croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
-czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
-danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
-dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
-deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
-dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
-eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
-estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
-finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
-français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
-french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
-galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
-galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
-german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
-greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
-hebrew iw_IL.ISO-8859-8
-hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
-hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
-icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
-italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
-japanese ja_JP.eucJP
-japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
-ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
-ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
-japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
-korean ko_KR.eucKR
-korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
-ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
-lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
-nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
-polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
-portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
-romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
-russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
-slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
-slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
-slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
-spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
-swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
-thai th_TH.TIS-620
-turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 76f19a9a..00000000
--- a/intl/localealias.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,403 +0,0 @@
-/* Handle aliases for locale names.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <alloca.h>
-# else
-# ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-# else
-# ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <string.h>
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-# define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
-
-# ifndef mempcpy
-# define mempcpy __mempcpy
-# endif
-# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
-
-/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-
-__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
- some additional code emulating it. */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-# define freea(p) /* nothing */
-#else
-# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
-# define freea(p) free (p)
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
-# undef fgets
-# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
-#endif
-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
-# undef feof
-# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
-#endif
-
-
-struct alias_map
-{
- const char *alias;
- const char *value;
-};
-
-
-static char *string_space;
-static size_t string_space_act;
-static size_t string_space_max;
-static struct alias_map *map;
-static size_t nmap;
-static size_t maxmap;
-
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
- internal_function;
-static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
-static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
- const struct alias_map *map2));
-
-
-const char *
-_nl_expand_alias (name)
- const char *name;
-{
- static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
- struct alias_map *retval;
- const char *result = NULL;
- size_t added;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __libc_lock_lock (lock);
-#endif
-
- do
- {
- struct alias_map item;
-
- item.alias = name;
-
- if (nmap > 0)
- retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
- sizeof (struct alias_map),
- (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
- const void *))
- ) alias_compare);
- else
- retval = NULL;
-
- /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- result = retval->value;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
- added = 0;
- while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
- {
- const char *start;
-
- while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
- ++locale_alias_path;
- start = locale_alias_path;
-
- while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
- && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
- ++locale_alias_path;
-
- if (start < locale_alias_path)
- added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
- }
- }
- while (added != 0);
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
-#endif
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-static size_t
-internal_function
-read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
- const char *fname;
- int fname_len;
-{
- FILE *fp;
- char *full_fname;
- size_t added;
- static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
-
- full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
-#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
- mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
- aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
-#else
- memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
- memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
-#endif
-
- fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
- freea (full_fname);
- if (fp == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- added = 0;
- while (!feof (fp))
- {
- /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
- a) we are only interested in the first two fields
- b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
- be that long
- */
- char buf[BUFSIZ];
- char *alias;
- char *value;
- char *cp;
-
- if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
- /* EOF reached. */
- break;
-
- /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
- the rest of the line. */
- if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
- {
- char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
- do
- if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
- /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
- will exit at the `feof' test. */
- break;
- while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
- }
-
- cp = buf;
- /* Ignore leading white space. */
- while (isspace (cp[0]))
- ++cp;
-
- /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
- if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
- {
- alias = cp++;
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
- ++cp;
- /* Terminate alias name. */
- if (cp[0] != '\0')
- *cp++ = '\0';
-
- /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
- while (isspace (cp[0]))
- ++cp;
-
- if (cp[0] != '\0')
- {
- size_t alias_len;
- size_t value_len;
-
- value = cp++;
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
- ++cp;
- /* Terminate value. */
- if (cp[0] == '\n')
- {
- /* This has to be done to make the following test
- for the end of line possible. We are looking for
- the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
- *cp++ = '\0';
- *cp = '\n';
- }
- else if (cp[0] != '\0')
- *cp++ = '\0';
-
- if (nmap >= maxmap)
- if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
- return added;
-
- alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
- value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
-
- if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
- {
- /* Increase size of memory pool. */
- size_t new_size = (string_space_max
- + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
- ? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
- char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
- if (new_pool == NULL)
- return added;
-
- if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
- {
- size_t i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
- {
- map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
- map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
- }
- }
-
- string_space = new_pool;
- string_space_max = new_size;
- }
-
- map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
- alias, alias_len);
- string_space_act += alias_len;
-
- map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
- value, value_len);
- string_space_act += value_len;
-
- ++nmap;
- ++added;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
- errors. --drepper */
- fclose (fp);
-
- if (added > 0)
- qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
- (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
-
- return added;
-}
-
-
-static int
-extend_alias_table ()
-{
- size_t new_size;
- struct alias_map *new_map;
-
- new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
- new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
- * sizeof (struct alias_map)));
- if (new_map == NULL)
- /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
- return -1;
-
- map = new_map;
- maxmap = new_size;
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
- if (string_space != NULL)
- free (string_space);
- if (map != NULL)
- free (map);
-}
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif
-
-
-static int
-alias_compare (map1, map2)
- const struct alias_map *map1;
- const struct alias_map *map2;
-{
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
- return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
-#else
- const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
- const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
- unsigned char c1, c2;
-
- if (p1 == p2)
- return 0;
-
- do
- {
- /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
- some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
- c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
- c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
- if (c1 == '\0')
- break;
- ++p1;
- ++p2;
- }
- while (c1 == c2);
-
- return c1 - c2;
-#endif
-}
diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b1fa02f..00000000
--- a/intl/ngettext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define __need_NULL
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-#else
-# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-char *
-NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 81913356..00000000
--- a/intl/plural.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1325 +0,0 @@
-
-/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
- by GNU Bison version 1.28 */
-
-#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */
-
-#define yyparse __gettextparse
-#define yylex __gettextlex
-#define yyerror __gettexterror
-#define yylval __gettextlval
-#define yychar __gettextchar
-#define yydebug __gettextdebug
-#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
-#define EQUOP2 257
-#define CMPOP2 258
-#define ADDOP2 259
-#define MULOP2 260
-#define NUMBER 261
-
-#line 1 "plural.y"
-
-/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
- declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
- skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
- because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
-#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
- #pragma alloca
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
-#else
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
-# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
-#endif
-
-#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
-
-#line 52 "plural.y"
-typedef union {
- unsigned long int num;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *exp;
-} YYSTYPE;
-#line 58 "plural.y"
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
- struct expression * const *args));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *right));
-static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *left,
- struct expression *right));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *bexp,
- struct expression *tbranch,
- struct expression *fbranch));
-static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
-static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
-
-/* Allocation of expressions. */
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp (nargs, op, args)
- int nargs;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression * const *args;
-{
- int i;
- struct expression *newp;
-
- /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- if (args[i] == NULL)
- goto fail;
-
- /* Allocate a new expression. */
- newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
- if (newp != NULL)
- {
- newp->nargs = nargs;
- newp->operation = op;
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
- return newp;
- }
-
- fail:
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_0 (op)
- enum operator op;
-{
- return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_1 (op, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[1];
-
- args[0] = right;
- return new_exp (1, op, args);
-}
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *left;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[2];
-
- args[0] = left;
- args[1] = right;
- return new_exp (2, op, args);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *bexp;
- struct expression *tbranch;
- struct expression *fbranch;
-{
- struct expression *args[3];
-
- args[0] = bexp;
- args[1] = tbranch;
- args[2] = fbranch;
- return new_exp (3, op, args);
-}
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-#ifndef __STDC__
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-
-#define YYFINAL 27
-#define YYFLAG -32768
-#define YYNTBASE 16
-
-#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
-
-static const char yytranslate[] = { 0,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14,
- 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9,
- 11
-};
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-static const short yyprhs[] = { 0,
- 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35,
- 37, 39
-};
-
-static const short yyrhs[] = { 17,
- 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17,
- 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17,
- 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17,
- 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17,
- 15, 0
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
- 177, 185, 189, 193, 197, 201, 205, 209, 213, 217,
- 221, 226
-};
-#endif
-
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
-
-static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'",
-"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'",
-"start","exp", NULL
-};
-#endif
-
-static const short yyr1[] = { 0,
- 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17,
- 17, 17
-};
-
-static const short yyr2[] = { 0,
- 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1,
- 1, 3
-};
-
-static const short yydefact[] = { 0,
- 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6,
- 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0
-};
-
-static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25,
- 5
-};
-
-static const short yypact[] = { -9,
- -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9,
- -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26,
- -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768
-};
-
-static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
- -1
-};
-
-
-#define YYLAST 53
-
-
-static const short yytable[] = { 6,
- 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19,
- 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
- 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11,
- 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11,
- 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12,
- 13, 14, 27
-};
-
-static const short yycheck[] = { 1,
- 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11,
- 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
- 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6,
- 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6,
- 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7,
- 8, 9, 0
-};
-#define YYPURE 1
-
-/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */
-#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
-/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */
-
-/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
- Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
- Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
- This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
- in version 1.24 of Bison. */
-
-/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
- when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
- It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
- used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
-
-#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#ifdef alloca
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#else /* alloca not defined */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#else /* not GNU C. */
-#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#include <alloca.h>
-#else /* not sparc */
-/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */
-/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
- since that symbol is in the user namespace. */
-#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
-#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
- instead, just don't use alloca. */
-#include <malloc.h>
-#endif
-#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
-#if defined(_AIX)
-/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
- So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */
-/* #include <malloc.h> */
- #pragma alloca
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
-#if 0
-#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
- and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#endif /* __hpux */
-#endif
-#endif /* not _AIX */
-#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
-#endif /* not sparc */
-#endif /* not GNU C */
-#endif /* alloca not defined */
-#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
-
-#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-#else
-#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
-#endif
-
-/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
- It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
- as one case of the switch. */
-
-#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
-#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
-#define YYEMPTY -2
-#define YYEOF 0
-#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
-#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
-#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1
-/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
- This remains here temporarily to ease the
- transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
- Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */
-#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
-#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
-#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
-do \
- if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
- { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \
- yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
- YYPOPSTACK; \
- goto yybackup; \
- } \
- else \
- { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \
-while (0)
-
-#define YYTERROR 1
-#define YYERRCODE 256
-
-#ifndef YYPURE
-#define YYLEX yylex()
-#endif
-
-#ifdef YYPURE
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
-#else
-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
-#endif
-#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
-#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
-#else
-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval)
-#endif
-#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
-#endif
-
-/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
-
-#ifndef YYPURE
-
-int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */
-YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */
- /* lookahead symbol */
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */
- /* symbol */
-#endif
-
-int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */
-#endif /* not YYPURE */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */
-/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
- from coexisting. */
-#endif
-
-/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */
-
-#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
-#define YYINITDEPTH 200
-#endif
-
-/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
- (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */
-
-#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
-#undef YYMAXDEPTH
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
-#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
-#endif
-
-/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument
- should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
- definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
- of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */
-
-#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */
-#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
-#else /* not GNU C or C++ */
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-
-/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
- in available built-in functions on various systems. */
-static void
-__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
- char *to;
- char *from;
- unsigned int count;
-{
- register char *f = from;
- register char *t = to;
- register int i = count;
-
- while (i-- > 0)
- *t++ = *f++;
-}
-
-#else /* __cplusplus */
-
-/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
- in available built-in functions on various systems. */
-static void
-__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
-{
- register char *t = to;
- register char *f = from;
- register int i = count;
-
- while (i-- > 0)
- *t++ = *f++;
-}
-
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
-
-/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
- into yyparse. The argument should have type void *.
- It should actually point to an object.
- Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
- to the proper pointer type. */
-
-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-#else /* not __cplusplus */
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
-#endif /* not __cplusplus */
-#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
-
-/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-int yyparse (void *);
-#else
-int yyparse (void);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-int
-yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
- YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-{
- register int yystate;
- register int yyn;
- register short *yyssp;
- register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
- int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
- int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
-
- short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */
- YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */
-
- short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
- YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */
- YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
- YYLTYPE *yylsp;
-
-#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
-#else
-#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
-#endif
-
- int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
- int yyfree_stacks = 0;
-
-#ifdef YYPURE
- int yychar;
- YYSTYPE yylval;
- int yynerrs;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE yylloc;
-#endif
-#endif
-
- YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */
- /* semantic values from the action */
- /* routines */
-
- int yylen;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
-#endif
-
- yystate = 0;
- yyerrstatus = 0;
- yynerrs = 0;
- yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */
-
- /* Initialize stack pointers.
- Waste one element of value and location stack
- so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
- The wasted elements are never initialized. */
-
- yyssp = yyss - 1;
- yyvsp = yyvs;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp = yyls;
-#endif
-
-/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */
-/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
- have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */
-yynewstate:
-
- *++yyssp = yystate;
-
- if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
- {
- /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
- /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
- YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
- short *yyss1 = yyss;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
-#endif
-
- /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
- int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
-
-#ifdef yyoverflow
- /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
- the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
- but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
- yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
- &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
- &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
- &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
- &yystacksize);
-#else
- yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
- &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
- &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
- &yystacksize);
-#endif
-
- yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yyls = yyls1;
-#endif
-#else /* no yyoverflow */
- /* Extend the stack our own way. */
- if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
- {
- yyerror("parser stack overflow");
- if (yyfree_stacks)
- {
- free (yyss);
- free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- free (yyls);
-#endif
- }
- return 2;
- }
- yystacksize *= 2;
- if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
- yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
-#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
- yyfree_stacks = 1;
-#endif
- yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
- __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
- size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
- yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
- __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
- size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
- __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
- size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
-#endif
-#endif /* no yyoverflow */
-
- yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
- yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
-#endif
-
- if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
- YYABORT;
- }
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
-#endif
-
- goto yybackup;
- yybackup:
-
-/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
-/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
-/* yyresume: */
-
- /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */
-
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yydefault;
-
- /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */
-
- /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
- or a valid token in external form. */
-
- if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
- {
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
-#endif
- yychar = YYLEX;
- }
-
- /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
-
- if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */
- {
- yychar1 = 0;
- yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
-#endif
- }
- else
- {
- yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
- /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
- of a token, for further debugging info. */
-#ifdef YYPRINT
- YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
-#endif
- fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
- }
-#endif
- }
-
- yyn += yychar1;
- if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
- goto yydefault;
-
- yyn = yytable[yyn];
-
- /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
- Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
- Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
- New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
- just return success.
- 0, or most negative number => error. */
-
- if (yyn < 0)
- {
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yyerrlab;
- yyn = -yyn;
- goto yyreduce;
- }
- else if (yyn == 0)
- goto yyerrlab;
-
- if (yyn == YYFINAL)
- YYACCEPT;
-
- /* Shift the lookahead token. */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
-#endif
-
- /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
- if (yychar != YYEOF)
- yychar = YYEMPTY;
-
- *++yyvsp = yylval;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- *++yylsp = yylloc;
-#endif
-
- /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */
- if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
-
- yystate = yyn;
- goto yynewstate;
-
-/* Do the default action for the current state. */
-yydefault:
-
- yyn = yydefact[yystate];
- if (yyn == 0)
- goto yyerrlab;
-
-/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
-yyreduce:
- yylen = yyr2[yyn];
- if (yylen > 0)
- yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- {
- int i;
-
- fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
- yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
-
- /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
- for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
- fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
- fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
- }
-#endif
-
-
- switch (yyn) {
-
-case 1:
-#line 178 "plural.y"
-{
- if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
- YYABORT;
- ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
- ;
- break;}
-case 2:
-#line 186 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 3:
-#line 190 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 4:
-#line 194 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 5:
-#line 198 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 6:
-#line 202 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 7:
-#line 206 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 8:
-#line 210 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 9:
-#line 214 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 10:
-#line 218 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
- ;
- break;}
-case 11:
-#line 222 "plural.y"
-{
- if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
- yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
- ;
- break;}
-case 12:
-#line 227 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
- ;
- break;}
-}
- /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
-#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
-
- yyvsp -= yylen;
- yyssp -= yylen;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp -= yylen;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- {
- short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
- fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
- while (ssp1 != yyssp)
- fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
- fprintf (stderr, "\n");
- }
-#endif
-
- *++yyvsp = yyval;
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp++;
- if (yylen == 0)
- {
- yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
- yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
- yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
- yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
- yylsp->text = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
- yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
- Determine what state that goes to,
- based on the state we popped back to
- and the rule number reduced by. */
-
- yyn = yyr1[yyn];
-
- yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
- if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
- yystate = yytable[yystate];
- else
- yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
-
- goto yynewstate;
-
-yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */
-
- if (! yyerrstatus)
- /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
- {
- ++yynerrs;
-
-#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
-
- if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
- {
- int size = 0;
- char *msg;
- int x, count;
-
- count = 0;
- /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */
- for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
- x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
- if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
- size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
- msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
- if (msg != 0)
- {
- strcpy(msg, "parse error");
-
- if (count < 5)
- {
- count = 0;
- for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
- x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
- if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
- {
- strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
- strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
- strcat(msg, "'");
- count++;
- }
- }
- yyerror(msg);
- free(msg);
- }
- else
- yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
- }
- else
-#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
- yyerror("parse error");
- }
-
- goto yyerrlab1;
-yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
-
- if (yyerrstatus == 3)
- {
- /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */
-
- /* return failure if at end of input */
- if (yychar == YYEOF)
- YYABORT;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
-#endif
-
- yychar = YYEMPTY;
- }
-
- /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
- after shifting the error token. */
-
- yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */
-
- goto yyerrhandle;
-
-yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
-
-#if 0
- /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
- should shift them. */
- yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/
- if (yyn) goto yydefault;
-#endif
-
-yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
-
- if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
- yyvsp--;
- yystate = *--yyssp;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp--;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- {
- short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
- fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
- while (ssp1 != yyssp)
- fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
- fprintf (stderr, "\n");
- }
-#endif
-
-yyerrhandle:
-
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yyerrdefault;
-
- yyn += YYTERROR;
- if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
- goto yyerrdefault;
-
- yyn = yytable[yyn];
- if (yyn < 0)
- {
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yyerrpop;
- yyn = -yyn;
- goto yyreduce;
- }
- else if (yyn == 0)
- goto yyerrpop;
-
- if (yyn == YYFINAL)
- YYACCEPT;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
-#endif
-
- *++yyvsp = yylval;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- *++yylsp = yylloc;
-#endif
-
- yystate = yyn;
- goto yynewstate;
-
- yyacceptlab:
- /* YYACCEPT comes here. */
- if (yyfree_stacks)
- {
- free (yyss);
- free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- free (yyls);
-#endif
- }
- return 0;
-
- yyabortlab:
- /* YYABORT comes here. */
- if (yyfree_stacks)
- {
- free (yyss);
- free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- free (yyls);
-#endif
- }
- return 1;
-}
-#line 232 "plural.y"
-
-
-void
-internal_function
-FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
- struct expression *exp;
-{
- if (exp == NULL)
- return;
-
- /* Handle the recursive case. */
- switch (exp->nargs)
- {
- case 3:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 2:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 1:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- free (exp);
-}
-
-
-static int
-yylex (lval, pexp)
- YYSTYPE *lval;
- const char **pexp;
-{
- const char *exp = *pexp;
- int result;
-
- while (1)
- {
- if (exp[0] == '\0')
- {
- *pexp = exp;
- return YYEOF;
- }
-
- if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
- break;
-
- ++exp;
- }
-
- result = *exp++;
- switch (result)
- {
- case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
- case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
- {
- unsigned long int n = result - '0';
- while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
- {
- n *= 10;
- n += exp[0] - '0';
- ++exp;
- }
- lval->num = n;
- result = NUMBER;
- }
- break;
-
- case '=':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '!':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = not_equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- break;
-
- case '&':
- case '|':
- if (exp[0] == result)
- ++exp;
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '<':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = less_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = less_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '>':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = greater_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = greater_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '*':
- lval->op = mult;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '/':
- lval->op = divide;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '%':
- lval->op = module;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '+':
- lval->op = plus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case '-':
- lval->op = minus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case 'n':
- case '?':
- case ':':
- case '(':
- case ')':
- /* Nothing, just return the character. */
- break;
-
- case ';':
- case '\n':
- case '\0':
- /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
- --exp;
- result = YYEOF;
- break;
-
- default:
- result = YYERRCODE;
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- --exp;
-#endif
- break;
- }
-
- *pexp = exp;
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-static void
-yyerror (str)
- const char *str;
-{
- /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
-}
diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y
deleted file mode 100644
index 42ffa0eb..00000000
--- a/intl/plural.y
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,412 +0,0 @@
-%{
-/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
- declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
- skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
- because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
-#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
- #pragma alloca
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
-#else
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
-# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
-#endif
-
-#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
-%}
-%pure_parser
-%expect 10
-
-%union {
- unsigned long int num;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *exp;
-}
-
-%{
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
- struct expression * const *args));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *right));
-static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *left,
- struct expression *right));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *bexp,
- struct expression *tbranch,
- struct expression *fbranch));
-static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
-static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
-
-/* Allocation of expressions. */
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp (nargs, op, args)
- int nargs;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression * const *args;
-{
- int i;
- struct expression *newp;
-
- /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- if (args[i] == NULL)
- goto fail;
-
- /* Allocate a new expression. */
- newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
- if (newp != NULL)
- {
- newp->nargs = nargs;
- newp->operation = op;
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
- return newp;
- }
-
- fail:
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_0 (op)
- enum operator op;
-{
- return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_1 (op, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[1];
-
- args[0] = right;
- return new_exp (1, op, args);
-}
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *left;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[2];
-
- args[0] = left;
- args[1] = right;
- return new_exp (2, op, args);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *bexp;
- struct expression *tbranch;
- struct expression *fbranch;
-{
- struct expression *args[3];
-
- args[0] = bexp;
- args[1] = tbranch;
- args[2] = fbranch;
- return new_exp (3, op, args);
-}
-
-%}
-
-/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
- precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
- There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
- Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
- token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
-%right '?' /* ? */
-%left '|' /* || */
-%left '&' /* && */
-%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
-%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
-%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
-%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
-%right '!' /* ! */
-
-%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
-%token <num> NUMBER
-%type <exp> exp
-
-%%
-
-start: exp
- {
- if ($1 == NULL)
- YYABORT;
- ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
- }
- ;
-
-exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
- }
- | exp '|' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp '&' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp EQUOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp CMPOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp ADDOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp MULOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | '!' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
- }
- | 'n'
- {
- $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
- }
- | NUMBER
- {
- if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
- $$->val.num = $1;
- }
- | '(' exp ')'
- {
- $$ = $2;
- }
- ;
-
-%%
-
-void
-internal_function
-FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
- struct expression *exp;
-{
- if (exp == NULL)
- return;
-
- /* Handle the recursive case. */
- switch (exp->nargs)
- {
- case 3:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 2:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 1:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- free (exp);
-}
-
-
-static int
-yylex (lval, pexp)
- YYSTYPE *lval;
- const char **pexp;
-{
- const char *exp = *pexp;
- int result;
-
- while (1)
- {
- if (exp[0] == '\0')
- {
- *pexp = exp;
- return YYEOF;
- }
-
- if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
- break;
-
- ++exp;
- }
-
- result = *exp++;
- switch (result)
- {
- case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
- case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
- {
- unsigned long int n = result - '0';
- while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
- {
- n *= 10;
- n += exp[0] - '0';
- ++exp;
- }
- lval->num = n;
- result = NUMBER;
- }
- break;
-
- case '=':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '!':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = not_equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- break;
-
- case '&':
- case '|':
- if (exp[0] == result)
- ++exp;
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '<':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = less_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = less_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '>':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = greater_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = greater_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '*':
- lval->op = mult;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '/':
- lval->op = divide;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '%':
- lval->op = module;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '+':
- lval->op = plus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case '-':
- lval->op = minus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case 'n':
- case '?':
- case ':':
- case '(':
- case ')':
- /* Nothing, just return the character. */
- break;
-
- case ';':
- case '\n':
- case '\0':
- /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
- --exp;
- result = YYEOF;
- break;
-
- default:
- result = YYERRCODE;
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- --exp;
-#endif
- break;
- }
-
- *pexp = exp;
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-static void
-yyerror (str)
- const char *str;
-{
- /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
-}
diff --git a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
deleted file mode 100644
index b3bcca4d..00000000
--- a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-1 {
- i\
-/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\
-\
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
-# include <config.h>\
-#endif\
-\
-#include "libgettext.h"\
-\
-const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
- h
- s/.*/0/
- x
-}
-#
-# Write msgid entries in C array form.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
- s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/
- tb
-# Append the next line
- :b
- N
-# Look whether second part is continuation line.
- s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
-# Yes, then branch.
- ta
-# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
-# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore
-# it.
- s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
- bc
-# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
- :a
- s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
- P
-# We cannot use D here.
- s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
-# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
-# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
- tb
-# Not reached
- :c
- x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
- td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
- :d
- s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
- td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
- s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
- s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
- s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
- s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
- s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
- s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
- s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
- s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
- s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
- s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
- s/_/0/g
- x
- G
- s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
- s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
- p
-}
-#
-# Last line.
-#
-$ {
- i\
-};\
-
- g
- s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
-}
-d
diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin
deleted file mode 100644
index 167374e3..00000000
--- a/intl/ref-add.sin
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-#
-# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
-#
-/^# Packages using this file: / {
- s/# Packages using this file://
- ta
- :a
- s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
- tb
- s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
- :b
- s/^/# Packages using this file:/
-}
diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin
deleted file mode 100644
index 613cf37f..00000000
--- a/intl/ref-del.sin
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-#
-# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
-#
-/^# Packages using this file: / {
- s/# Packages using this file://
- s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
- s/^/# Packages using this file:/
-}
diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 05c2fd76..00000000
--- a/intl/textdomain.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
-# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
- names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
- using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
-# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Name of the default text domain. */
-extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
-
-/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
-extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
-# ifndef strdup
-# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
-# endif
-#else
-# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
-#endif
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
-__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
- If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
- If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
-char *
-TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
- const char *domainname;
-{
- char *new_domain;
- char *old_domain;
-
- /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
- if (domainname == NULL)
- return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-
- __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-
- /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
- if (domainname[0] == '\0'
- || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
- {
- _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
- new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
- }
- else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
- /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
- environment variable changed. */
- new_domain = old_domain;
- else
- {
- /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
- will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
- are out of core. */
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- new_domain = strdup (domainname);
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
- new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (new_domain != NULL)
- memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
-#endif
-
- if (new_domain != NULL)
- _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
- }
-
- /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
- since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
- to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
- if (new_domain != NULL)
- {
- ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
- if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
- free (old_domain);
- }
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- return new_domain;
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
-#endif
diff --git a/intl/xopen-msg.sed b/intl/xopen-msg.sed
deleted file mode 100644
index b19c0bbd..00000000
--- a/intl/xopen-msg.sed
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-#
-# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
-# message set number. We use always set number 1.
-#
-1 {
- i\
-$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
- h
- s/.*/0/
- x
-}
-#
-# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help.
-#
-/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p
-#
-# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
-#
-/^msgid/ {
-# Does not work now
-# /"$/! {
-# s/\\$//
-# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
-# }
- s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
- p
-}
-#
-# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
-# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
-# each message we assign them to the messages.
-# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
-# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
-# of declarations must not be changed.)
-#
-/^msgstr/ {
- s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
- x
-# The following nice solution is by
-# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
- td
-# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
-# First hide trailing `9' digits.
- :d
- s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
- td
-# Assure at least one digit is available.
- s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
-# Increment the last digit.
- s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
- s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
- s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
- s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
- s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
- s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
- s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
- s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
- s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
-# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
- s/_/0/g
- x
-# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
- G
- s/^[^\n]*$/& /
- s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
-# Clear flag from last substitution.
- tb
-# Append the next line.
- :b
- N
-# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
- s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
-# Yes, then branch.
- ta
- P
- D
-# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
-# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
- :a
- s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
- P
-# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
- s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
- tb
-}
-d
diff --git a/macros2/.cvsignore b/macros2/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 347fe394..00000000
--- a/macros2/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-macros.dep
-gnome2-macros.dep
diff --git a/macros2/ChangeLog b/macros2/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index d129ebca..00000000
--- a/macros2/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-2001-09-04 Frank Belew <frb@ximian.com>
-
- * autogen.sh: change gettext regexp to work with non-gnu grep
-
-2001-08-18 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
- * autogen.sh: Don't ask people to ignore xml-i18n-tools messages.
-
-2001-08-04 Darin Adler <darin@bentspoon.com>
-
- * autogen.sh: Update gettext logic to allow anything that
- starts with AM and ends with gettext. This makes it work with
- AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT, which is what libbonobo is now using.
-
-2001-08-03 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Removed.
- (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_CFLAG): Removed.
- (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_ACLOCALFLAGS): Removed.
- (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES): Removed.
- (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES): Removed.
- (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Use $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version
- to check for the pkg-config version.
-
-2001-07-20 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Require pkg-config 0.8.0.
-
-2001-06-29 Laszlo Peter <laca@ireland.sun.com>
-
- * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Fix the regexp
- to process all 6 version numbers.
-
-2001-06-22 Elliot Lee <sopwith@redhat.com>
-
- * gnome-gettext.m4: N'sync with the gnome1 version, bye bye buggies.
-
-2001-06-13 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Require pkg-config 0.7.0
- and fix download URL.
-
- * gnome-platform.m4: Require pkgconfig on the GNOME 2.0 platform.
-
-2001-06-01 Peter Williams <peterw@ximian.com>
-
- * autogen.sh: s,Gnome,$PKG_NAME,g
-
-2001-04-13 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES):
- Set variable `have_<name>' to yes or no depending on whether the
- module was found or not; allows you to define automake conditionals
- for optional modules.
-
-2001-03-24 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * autogen.sh: Add the xml-i18n-tools stuff here.
-
-2000-12-01 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * compile-warnings.m4: Improved compile warnings check; the
- --enable-compile-warnings parameter now takes 5 different
- values (no/minimum/yes/maximum/error). AC_SUBST(WARN_CFLAGS).
-
-2000-11-29 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * gnome.m4, gnome-gnorba-check.m4, gnome-fileutils.m4: Removed.
-
-2000-11-26 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME2_X_CHECKS): Use
- GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES.
-
- * gnome-pkgconfig.m4 (GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_VERSION): Don't
- AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG]).
- (GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG): Check for pkg-config >= 0.4.1.
-
-2000-11-22 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Added GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_OPTIONAL_MODULES
- to check for a list of optional modules.
-
- * gnome-platform.m4: Require GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG.
-
-2000-11-22 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * gnome-platform.m4: New file. This defines
- GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2.
-
- * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: Disable the --extra-flags argument to
- pkg-config, this doesn't exist anymore.
-
-2000-11-22 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * gnome-pkgconfig.m4: New file. This defines
- GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG, GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG and
- GNOME_PKGCONFIG_* macros from pkg-config.
-
-2000-11-21 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * gnome-support.m4, need-declaration.m4: Removed.
-
-2000-09-30 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * gnome-x-checks.m4: Switch to pkg-config to check for GTK+ 2.0;
- Removed all `gnome_cv_passdown_x_*' variables and `USE_DEVGTK'.
-
- * gnome-common.m4 (GNOME_COMMON_INIT): Added the always-false
- INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON automake conditional.
- (GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK): New macro.
- (GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK): New macro.
-
-Thu Aug 24 02:28:57 2000 George Lebl <jirka@5z.com>
-
- * gnome-x-checks.m4: use the correct name in AC_PROVIDE
-
-2000-08-06 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME_X_CHECKS): Renamed
- to GNOME2_X_CHECKS.
-
-2000-07-24 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * autogen.sh: Removed some old crap in it.
- * aclocal-include.m4: Removed.
-
- * gnome-x-checks.m4: Check for GTK+ 2.0.
-
-2000-07-24 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * autogen.sh: Make it work with AM_GNOME2_GETTEXT.
- * check-utmp.m4: New file.
-
-2000-07-24 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- Synced with gnome-libs/gnome-data.
-
-2000-06-09 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * gnome-common.m4: We need this here as well.
-
-2000-05-29 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * Makefile.am: New file. Install this stuff into
- `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome2-macros'.
-
- * gnome.m4: New file. Copied from `hack-macros' dir.
-
- * autogen.sh: New file. Copied from `macros' dir.
-
diff --git a/macros2/Makefile.am b/macros2/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index f645f4f3..00000000
--- a/macros2/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-## Please update this variable if any new macros are created
-
-GNOME2_MACROS= \
- compiler-flags.m4 gnome-common.m4 gnome-cxx-check.m4 \
- gnome-gettext.m4 gnome-pthread-check.m4 gnome-x-checks.m4 \
- linger.m4 check-utmp.m4 gnome-pkgconfig.m4 gnome-platform.m4
-
-EXTRA_DIST=$(GNOME2_MACROS) autogen.sh
-MAINTAINERCLEANFILES=macros2.dep
-
-@MAINT@macros2.dep: Makefile.am
-@MAINT@ @echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(GNOME2_MACROS:%=macros2/%)' > $@
-
-if INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON
-gnome2_aclocaldir = $(datadir)/aclocal/gnome2-macros
-
-gnome2-macros.dep: Makefile.am
- @echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(GNOME2_MACROS:%=$(gnome2_aclocaldir)/%)' > $@
-
-gnome2_aclocal_DATA = $(GNOME2_MACROS) autogen.sh gnome2-macros.dep
-
-endif
diff --git a/macros2/README.cvs-commits b/macros2/README.cvs-commits
deleted file mode 100644
index 88e3d581..00000000
--- a/macros2/README.cvs-commits
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS -
-which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects
-a very large number of modules.
-
-Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you
-commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me
-a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok.
-
-Thanks for your understanding,
-
-August 1st, 2001
-Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
-
diff --git a/macros2/autogen.sh b/macros2/autogen.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index d420e03a..00000000
--- a/macros2/autogen.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
-
-DIE=0
-
-if [ -n "$GNOME2_DIR" ]; then
- ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I $GNOME2_DIR/share/aclocal $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
- LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$GNOME2_DIR/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
- PATH="$GNOME2_DIR/bin:$PATH"
- export PATH
- export LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-fi
-
-(autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
- echo
- echo "**Error**: You must have \`autoconf' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
- echo "Download the appropriate package for your distribution,"
- echo "or get the source tarball at ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/"
- DIE=1
-}
-
-(grep "^AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null) && {
- (xml-i18n-toolize --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
- echo
- echo "**Error**: You must have \`xml-i18n-toolize' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
- echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/stable/sources/xml-i18n-tools/xml-i18n-tools-0.6.tar.gz"
- echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
- DIE=1
- }
-}
-
-(grep "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null) && {
- (libtool --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
- echo
- echo "**Error**: You must have \`libtool' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
- echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/libtool-1.2d.tar.gz"
- echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
- DIE=1
- }
-}
-
-grep "^AM_[A-Z0-9_]\{1,\}_GETTEXT" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null && {
- grep "sed.*POTFILES" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null || \
- (gettext --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
- echo
- echo "**Error**: You must have \`gettext' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
- echo "Get ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/gettext-0.10.35.tar.gz"
- echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
- DIE=1
- }
-}
-
-(automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
- echo
- echo "**Error**: You must have \`automake' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
- echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/automake-1.3.tar.gz"
- echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
- DIE=1
- NO_AUTOMAKE=yes
-}
-
-
-# if no automake, don't bother testing for aclocal
-test -n "$NO_AUTOMAKE" || (aclocal --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
- echo
- echo "**Error**: Missing \`aclocal'. The version of \`automake'"
- echo "installed doesn't appear recent enough."
- echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/automake-1.3.tar.gz"
- echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
- DIE=1
-}
-
-if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then
- exit 1
-fi
-
-if test -z "$*"; then
- echo "**Warning**: I am going to run \`configure' with no arguments."
- echo "If you wish to pass any to it, please specify them on the"
- echo \`$0\'" command line."
- echo
-fi
-
-case $CC in
-xlc )
- am_opt=--include-deps;;
-esac
-
-for coin in `find $srcdir -name configure.in -print`
-do
- dr=`dirname $coin`
- if test -f $dr/NO-AUTO-GEN; then
- echo skipping $dr -- flagged as no auto-gen
- else
- echo processing $dr
- ( cd $dr
-
- aclocalinclude="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
- if grep "^AM_[A-Z0-9_]\+_GETTEXT" configure.in >/dev/null; then
- if grep "sed.*POTFILES" configure.in >/dev/null; then
- : do nothing -- we still have an old unmodified configure.in
- else
- echo "Creating $dr/aclocal.m4 ..."
- test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 || touch $dr/aclocal.m4
- echo "Running gettextize... Ignore non-fatal messages."
- echo "no" | gettextize --force --copy
- echo "Making $dr/aclocal.m4 writable ..."
- test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 && chmod u+w $dr/aclocal.m4
- fi
- fi
- if grep "^AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS" configure.in >/dev/null; then
- echo "Running xml-i18n-toolize..."
- xml-i18n-toolize --copy --force --automake
- fi
- if grep "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL" configure.in >/dev/null; then
- if test -z "$NO_LIBTOOLIZE" ; then
- echo "Running libtoolize..."
- libtoolize --force --copy
- fi
- fi
- echo "Running aclocal $aclocalinclude ..."
- aclocal $aclocalinclude
- if grep "^AM_CONFIG_HEADER" configure.in >/dev/null; then
- echo "Running autoheader..."
- autoheader
- fi
- echo "Running automake --gnu $am_opt ..."
- automake --add-missing --gnu $am_opt
- echo "Running autoconf ..."
- autoconf
- )
- fi
-done
-
-conf_flags="--enable-maintainer-mode --enable-compile-warnings" #--enable-iso-c
-
-if test x$NOCONFIGURE = x; then
- echo Running $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" ...
- $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" \
- && echo Now type \`make\' to compile $PKG_NAME || exit 1
-else
- echo Skipping configure process.
-fi
diff --git a/macros2/check-utmp.m4 b/macros2/check-utmp.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 5241b96b..00000000
--- a/macros2/check-utmp.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-# Checks for availability of various utmp fields
-#
-# Original code by Bernhard Rosenkraenzer (bero@linux.net.eu.org), 1998.
-# Modifications by Timur Bakeyev (timur@gnu.org), 1999.
-#
-
-dnl AC_CHECK_UTMP()
-dnl Test for presence of the field and define HAVE_UT_UT_field macro
-dnl
-
-AC_DEFUN(AC_CHECK_UTMP,[
-
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h utmp.h utmpx.h)
-AC_HEADER_TIME
-
-if test "$ac_cv_header_utmpx_h" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(UTMP,[struct utmpx])
-else
- AC_DEFINE(UTMP,[struct utmp])
-fi
-
-dnl some systems (BSD4.4-like) require time.h to be included before utmp.h :/
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_host field in the utmp structure)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#endif],[UTMP ut; char *p; p=ut.ut_host;],result=yes,result=no)
-if test "$result" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_HOST)
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($result)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_pid field in the utmp structure)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#endif],[UTMP ut; int i; i=ut.ut_pid;],result=yes,result=no)
-if test "$result" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_PID)
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($result)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_id field in the utmp structure)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#endif],[UTMP ut; char *p; p=ut.ut_id;],result=yes,result=no)
-if test "$result" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_ID)
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($result)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_name field in the utmp structure)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#endif],[UTMP ut; char *p; p=ut.ut_name;],result=yes,result=no)
-if test "$result" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_NAME)
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($result)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_type field in the utmp structure)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#endif],[UTMP ut; int i; i=(int) ut.ut_type;],result=yes,result=no)
-if test "$result" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_TYPE)
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($result)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_exit.e_termination field in the utmp structure)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#endif],[UTMP ut; ut.ut_exit.e_termination=0;],result=yes,result=no)
-if test "$result" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_EXIT_E_TERMINATION)
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($result)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_user field in the utmp structure)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#endif],[UTMP ut; char *p; p=ut.ut_user;],result=yes,result=no)
-if test "$result" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_USER)
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($result)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_time field in the utmp structure)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#endif],[UTMP ut; ut.ut_time=0;],result=yes,result=no)
-if test "$result" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_TIME)
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($result)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_tv field in the utmp structure)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#endif],[UTMP ut; ut.ut_tv={0, 0};],result=yes,result=no)
-if test "$result" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_TV)
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($result)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ut_syslen field in the utmp structure)
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#endif],[UTMP ut; ut.ut_syslen=0;],result=yes,result=no)
-if test "$result" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UT_UT_SYSLEN)
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($result)
-
-])
diff --git a/macros2/compiler-flags.m4 b/macros2/compiler-flags.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 72947849..00000000
--- a/macros2/compiler-flags.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-dnl GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS
-dnl Turn on many useful compiler warnings
-dnl For now, only works on GCC
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS],[
- dnl ******************************
- dnl More compiler warnings
- dnl ******************************
-
- if test -z "$1" ; then
- default_compile_warnings=no
- else
- default_compile_warnings="$1"
- fi
-
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(compile-warnings,
- [ --enable-compile-warnings=[no/minimum/yes/maximum/error] Turn on compiler warnings.], [enable_compile_warnings="$enableval"],[enable_compile_warnings="$default_compile_warnings"])
-
- warnCFLAGS=
- if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then
- enable_compile_warnings=no
- fi
-
- warning_flags=
- realsave_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-
- case "$enable_compile_warnings" in
- no)
- warning_flags=
- ;;
- minimum)
- warning_flags="-Wall -Wunused"
- ;;
- yes)
- warning_flags="-Wall -Wunused -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations"
- ;;
- maximum|error)
- warning_flags="-Wall -Wunused -Wchar-subscripts -Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-prototypes -Wnested-externs -Wpointer-arith"
- CFLAGS="$warning_flags $CFLAGS"
- for option in -Wsign-promo -Wno-sign-compare; do
- SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $option"
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether gcc understands $option])
- AC_TRY_COMPILE([], [],
- has_option=yes,
- has_option=no,)
- CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
- AC_MSG_RESULT($has_option)
- if test $has_option = yes; then
- warning_flags="$warning_flags $option"
- fi
- unset has_option
- unset SAVE_CFLAGS
- done
- unset option
- if test "$enable_compile_warnings" = "error" ; then
- warning_flags="$warning_flags -Werror"
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- AC_MSG_ERROR(Unknown argument '$enable_compile_warnings' to --enable-compile-warnings)
- ;;
- esac
- CFLAGS="$realsave_CFLAGS"
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C compiler)
- AC_MSG_RESULT($warning_flags)
-
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-c,
- [ --enable-iso-c Try to warn if code is not ISO C ],,
- enable_iso_c=no)
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C compiler)
- complCFLAGS=
- if test "x$enable_iso_c" != "xno"; then
- if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
- case " $CFLAGS " in
- *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;;
- *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -ansi" ;;
- esac
- case " $CFLAGS " in
- *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;;
- *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -pedantic" ;;
- esac
- fi
- fi
- AC_MSG_RESULT($complCFLAGS)
-
- WARN_CFLAGS="$warning_flags $complCFLAGS"
- AC_SUBST(WARN_CFLAGS)
-])
-
-dnl For C++, do basically the same thing.
-
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS],[
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(cxx-warnings,
- [ --enable-cxx-warnings=[no/minimum/yes] Turn on compiler warnings.],,enable_cxx_warnings=minimum)
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C++ compiler)
- warnCXXFLAGS=
- if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then
- enable_compile_warnings=no
- fi
- if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" != "xno"; then
- if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
- case " $CXXFLAGS " in
- *[\ \ ]-Wall[\ \ ]*) ;;
- *) warnCXXFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-unused" ;;
- esac
-
- ## -W is not all that useful. And it cannot be controlled
- ## with individual -Wno-xxx flags, unlike -Wall
- if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" = "xyes"; then
- warnCXXFLAGS="$warnCXXFLAGS -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations -Wshadow -Woverloaded-virtual"
- fi
- fi
- fi
- AC_MSG_RESULT($warnCXXFLAGS)
-
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-cxx,
- [ --enable-iso-cxx Try to warn if code is not ISO C++ ],,
- enable_iso_cxx=no)
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C++ compiler)
- complCXXFLAGS=
- if test "x$enable_iso_cxx" != "xno"; then
- if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
- case " $CXXFLAGS " in
- *[\ \ ]-ansi[\ \ ]*) ;;
- *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -ansi" ;;
- esac
-
- case " $CXXFLAGS " in
- *[\ \ ]-pedantic[\ \ ]*) ;;
- *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -pedantic" ;;
- esac
- fi
- fi
- AC_MSG_RESULT($complCXXFLAGS)
- if test "x$cxxflags_set" != "xyes"; then
- CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS $warnCXXFLAGS $complCXXFLAGS"
- cxxflags_set=yes
- AC_SUBST(cxxflags_set)
- fi
-])
diff --git a/macros2/gnome-common.m4 b/macros2/gnome-common.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index d229843a..00000000
--- a/macros2/gnome-common.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-# gnome-common.m4
-#
-
-dnl GNOME_COMMON_INIT
-
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMMON_INIT],
-[
- AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir,
- [ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir="$GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR"])
- AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags,
- [ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"])
- GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR="$ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_dir"
- GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS="$ac_cv_gnome_aclocal_flags"
- AC_SUBST(GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR)
- AC_SUBST(GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS)
-
- ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $GNOME_ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
-
- AM_CONDITIONAL(INSIDE_GNOME_DOCU, false)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_GTKDOC_CHECK],
-[
- AC_CHECK_PROG(GTKDOC, gtkdoc-mkdb, true, false)
- AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_GTK_DOC, $GTKDOC)
- AC_SUBST(HAVE_GTK_DOC)
-
- dnl Let people disable the gtk-doc stuff.
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(gtk-doc, [ --enable-gtk-doc Use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=auto]], enable_gtk_doc="$enableval", enable_gtk_doc=auto)
-
- if test x$enable_gtk_doc = xauto ; then
- if test x$GTKDOC = xtrue ; then
- enable_gtk_doc=yes
- else
- enable_gtk_doc=no
- fi
- fi
-
- dnl NOTE: We need to use a separate automake conditional for this
- dnl to make this work with the tarballs.
- AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_GTK_DOC, test x$enable_gtk_doc = xyes)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_DEBUG_CHECK],
-[
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [ --enable-debug turn on debugging [default=no]], enable_debug="$enableval", enable_debug=no)
-
- if test x$enable_debug = xyes ; then
- AC_DEFINE(GNOME_ENABLE_DEBUG)
- fi
-])
diff --git a/macros2/gnome-cxx-check.m4 b/macros2/gnome-cxx-check.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 786138c5..00000000
--- a/macros2/gnome-cxx-check.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-dnl GNOME_CHECK_CXX(not_found_string)
-AC_DEFUN(GNOME_CHECK_CXX,
-[
- # see if a C++ compiler exists and works
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX])dnl
- if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" = xno; then
- AC_MSG_WARN(ifelse([$1], , "No C++ compiler", [$1]))
- fi
- AM_CONDITIONAL(CXX_PRESENT, test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" != xno)
-])
diff --git a/macros2/gnome-gettext.m4 b/macros2/gnome-gettext.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ba7e25c..00000000
--- a/macros2/gnome-gettext.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,338 +0,0 @@
-# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-#
-# Modified to never use included libintl.
-# Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>, 12/15/1998
-#
-#
-# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
-# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
-
-# serial 5
-
-AC_DEFUN([MY_AM_GNOME_WITH_NLS],
- [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
- dnl Default is enabled NLS
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
- [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
- USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
- AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
- AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
- BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
- USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-
- dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
- if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-# AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
-# AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-# AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-# [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-# nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-# nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-# AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
- nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext="no"
-
- nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
- if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
- dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
- dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
- dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
- dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
- nls_cv_header_intl=
- nls_cv_header_libgt=
- CATOBJEXT=NONE
-
- AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
- [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
- [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
- gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
-
- if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
- AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
- [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
- gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
- [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext,
- gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
- gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)],
- gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])
- fi
-
- if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
- || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
- AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
- [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
- if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
- AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
- AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
- [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
- AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
- return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
- [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
- DATADIRNAME=share],
- [CATOBJEXT=.mo
- DATADIRNAME=lib])
- INSTOBJEXT=.mo
- fi
- fi
-
- # Added by Martin Baulig 12/15/98 for libc5 systems
- if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes" \
- && test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
- INTLLIBS=-lintl
- LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
- fi
- ])
-
- if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
- AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
- [ --with-catgets use catgets functions if available],
- nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
- AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
-
- if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
- dnl No gettext in C library. Try catgets next.
- AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
- AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
- [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
- INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
- AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
-# if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
-# AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
-# if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
-# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
-# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
-# fi
-# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-# CATOBJEXT=.cat
-# INSTOBJEXT=.cat
-# DATADIRNAME=lib
-# INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
-# INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-# LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-# nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-# nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-# fi
- ])
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
- dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
- dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
- nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
- else
- # Unset this variable since we use the non-zero value as a flag.
- CATOBJEXT=
-# dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-# INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
-# AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-# AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-# [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-# AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
-# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-# CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-# INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-# DATADIRNAME=share
-# INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
-# INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-# LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-# nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-# nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
- fi
-
- dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
- if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
- dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
- dnl Makefiles still can work.
- if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
- : ;
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT(
- [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
- XGETTEXT=":"
- fi
- fi
-
- # We need to process the po/ directory.
- POSUB=po
- else
- DATADIRNAME=share
- nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
- nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
- fi
- AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
- AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
- [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*)
- sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile
- esac])
-
-
-# # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
-# # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
-# if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-# USE_NLS=yes
-# USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-# fi
-
- dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
- dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
- dnl in configure.in.
- for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
- GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
- POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
- done
-
- dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
- AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
- AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
- AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
- AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
- AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
- AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
- AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
- AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
- AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
- AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
- AC_SUBST(POFILES)
- AC_SUBST(POSUB)
- ])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNOME2_GETTEXT],
- [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
-unistd.h sys/param.h])
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
-strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
- if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
- fi
- if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
- fi
-
- AM_LC_MESSAGES
- MY_AM_GNOME_WITH_NLS
-
- if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
- if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
- LINGUAS=
- else
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
- NEW_LINGUAS=
- if test "x$LINGUAS" = "x"; then
- LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS
- fi
- for lang in $LINGUAS; do
- case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
- *\ $lang\ *|$lang\ *|*\ $lang) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
- esac
- done
- LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
- AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
- fi
-
- dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
- if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
- for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
- fi
- fi
-
- dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
- dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
- dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
- if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
- INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
- else
- INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
-/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>. Take care yourself. */"
- fi
- AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
-
- dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
- dnl For now we know about two different formats:
- dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
- test -d intl || mkdir intl
- if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
- AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
-
- dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
- dnl cannot handle comments.
- sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
- fi
- dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
- sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
- $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
-
- dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
- dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext
- dnl packages.
- if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
- GT_NO="#NO#"
- GT_YES=
- else
- GT_NO=
- GT_YES="#YES#"
- fi
- AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
- AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
-
- dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
- dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
- dnl Try to locate is.
- MKINSTALLDIRS=
- if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
- MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
- fi
- if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
- MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
- fi
- AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-
- dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
- l=
- AC_SUBST(l)
-
- dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
- dnl be included in po/Makefile.
- test -d po || mkdir po
- if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
- if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
- posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
- else
- posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
- fi
- else
- posrcprefix="../"
- fi
- rm -f po/POTFILES
- sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
- < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
- ])
-
diff --git a/macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4 b/macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 728f88e6..00000000
--- a/macros2/gnome-pkgconfig.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-dnl
-dnl GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG (script-if-enabled, [failflag])
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG],[
- AC_PATH_PROG(PKG_CONFIG, pkg-config)
- have_pkgconfig=no
- if test -x "$PKG_CONFIG" ; then
- have_pkgconfig=yes
- else
- PKG_CONFIG=
- fi
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for pkg-config)
- pkgconfig_required_version=0.8.0
- if test x$have_pkgconfig = xyes ; then
- if ! $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $pkgconfig_required_version; then
- echo "*** Your version of pkg-config is too old. You need version $pkgconfig_required_version or newer."
- echo "*** See http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig"
- have_pkgconfig=no
- fi
- fi
- if test x$have_pkgconfig = xyes ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
- else
- PKG_CONFIG=
- AC_MSG_RESULT(not found)
- if test x$2 = xfail; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** You need the latest pkg-config (at least $pkgconfig_required_version).
-*** Get the latest version of pkg-config from
-*** http://www.freedesktop.org/software/pkgconfig.])
- fi
- fi
- AC_SUBST(PKG_CONFIG)
-
- AC_PROVIDE([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG])
-])
-
-dnl
-dnl GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG],[
- GNOME_CHECK_PKGCONFIG([], fail)
-])
diff --git a/macros2/gnome-platform.m4 b/macros2/gnome-platform.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d44a70d..00000000
--- a/macros2/gnome-platform.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-dnl
-dnl GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2(default, [force])
-dnl
-dnl If the first parameter is `yes', then the default is
-dnl the GNOME 2.x platform, otherwise the GNOME 1.x one.
-dnl
-dnl If the optional second parameter is `force', then use
-dnl the default value without command line argument.
-dnl
-
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PLATFORM_GNOME_2],[
- AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG])
-
- if test x$1 = xyes ; then
- platform_gnome_2_default=yes
- else
- platform_gnome_2_default=no
- fi
- if test x$2 = xforce ; then
- platform_gnome_2="$platform_gnome_2_default";
- else
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(platform-gnome-2, [ --enable-platform-gnome-2 enable GNOME 2.x platform [default=no]],[platform_gnome_2="$enableval"],[platform_gnome_2="$platform_gnome_2_default"])
- fi
-
- AM_CONDITIONAL(PLATFORM_GNOME_2, test $platform_gnome_2 = yes)
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GNOME Platform)
- if test $platform_gnome_2 = yes; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT(GNOME 2.x)
- GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION=2
- GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT(GNOME 1.x)
- GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION=1
- fi
- AC_SUBST(GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION)
-])
diff --git a/macros2/gnome-pthread-check.m4 b/macros2/gnome-pthread-check.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index a4eb3b48..00000000
--- a/macros2/gnome-pthread-check.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-dnl
-dnl And better, use gthreads instead...
-dnl
-
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK],[
- PTHREAD_LIB=""
- AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lpthread",
- [AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lpthreads",
- [AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lc_r",
- [AC_CHECK_FUNC(pthread_create)]
- )]
- )]
- )
- AC_SUBST(PTHREAD_LIB)
- AC_PROVIDE([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK])
-])
diff --git a/macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4 b/macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 7081644e..00000000
--- a/macros2/gnome-x-checks.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-dnl GNOME_X_CHECKS
-dnl
-dnl Basic X11 related checks for X11. At the end, the following will be
-dnl defined/changed:
-dnl GTK_{CFLAGS,LIBS} From GTK+
-dnl CPPFLAGS Will include $X_CFLAGS
-dnl GNOME_HAVE_SM `true' or `false' depending on whether session
-dnl management is available. It is available if
-dnl both -lSM and X11/SM/SMlib.h exist. (Some
-dnl Solaris boxes have the library but not the header)
-dnl XPM_LIBS -lXpm if Xpm library is present, otherwise ""
-dnl
-dnl The following configure cache variables are defined (but not used):
-dnl gnome_cv_passdown_{x_libs,X_LIBS,X_CFLAGS}
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([GNOME2_X_CHECKS],
-[
- AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_REQUIRE_PKGCONFIG])
-
- GNOME_PKGCONFIG_CHECK_MODULES(GTK, gtk+-2.0:1.3.1)
- AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
-
- GNOME_HAVE_SM=true
- case "$GTK_LIBS" in
- *-lSM*)
- dnl Already found it.
- ;;
- *)
- dnl Assume that if we have -lSM then we also have -lICE.
- AC_CHECK_LIB(SM, SmcSaveYourselfDone,
- [GTK_LIBS="-lSM -lICE $GTK_LIBS"],GNOME_HAVE_SM=false,
- $x_libs -lICE)
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test "$GNOME_HAVE_SM" = true; then
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(X11/SM/SMlib.h,,GNOME_HAVE_SM=false)
- fi
-
- if test "$GNOME_HAVE_SM" = true; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBSM)
- fi
-
- XPM_LIBS=""
- AC_CHECK_LIB(Xpm, XpmFreeXpmImage, [XPM_LIBS="-lXpm"], , $x_libs)
- AC_SUBST(XPM_LIBS)
-
- AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK])
- LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
-
- AC_PROVIDE([GNOME2_X_CHECKS])
-])
diff --git a/macros2/linger.m4 b/macros2/linger.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index dfa7c8ae..00000000
--- a/macros2/linger.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-dnl
-dnl Check for struct linger
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AC_STRUCT_LINGER, [
-av_struct_linger=no
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct linger is available)
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-
-struct linger li;
-
-main ()
-{
- li.l_onoff = 1;
- li.l_linger = 120;
- exit (0);
-}
-],[
-AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_LINGER)
-av_struct_linger=yes
-],[
-av_struct_linger=no
-],[
-av_struct_linger=no
-])
-AC_MSG_RESULT($av_struct_linger)
-])
diff --git a/stamp-h.in b/stamp-h.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 9788f702..00000000
--- a/stamp-h.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-timestamp
diff --git a/stamp.h.in b/stamp.h.in
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
--- a/stamp.h.in
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/support/.cvsignore b/support/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index e7105238..00000000
--- a/support/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-.deps
-*.la
-*.lo
-.libs
-gnomesupport-h
-gnomesupport.h
-gnome-support-2.0.pc
diff --git a/support/ChangeLog b/support/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 67fa2699..00000000
--- a/support/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
-2000-11-21 Martin Baulig <baulig@suse.de>
-
- * Makefile.am: Install libgnomesupport.la, but call it
- libgnomesupport-1.3.la.
-
- * gnome-support-2.0.pc.in: Added pkg-config file.
-
-1999-05-27 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * gnomesupport.awk: Put c++ guards after #includes.
-
- * gnomesupport-fake.h: Remove dependence on `gnome-argp.h'. Move
- relevant declarations here.
-
-1999-05-12 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * canonicalize.c: Use `set_errno' instead of `__set_errno' and
- define `set_errno' here.
-
-1999-03-27 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * Makefile.am (supportexecincludedir): Rename from
- supportincludedir so that `gnomesupport.h' can be installed with
- `make install-exec'.
- (supportinclude_HEADERS): Remove. Don't install popt-gnome.h
- twice.
- (error.o): Change `error.c: gnomesupport.h' dependency to
- `error.o: gnomesupport.h' to reflect actual dependency.
-
-1999-02-19 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * canonicalize.c: Include <gnome-argp.h> instead of the removed
- <argp-namefrob.h>.
-
-1999-02-17 Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@adam.kaist.ac.kr>
-
- * poptint.h: Removed the suspicious `#ifdef HAVE_DGETTEXT...'
- switch. Now `progname --help' messages should be translated.
-
-1998-12-24 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
-
- * poptparse.[ch]: poptParseArgvString cleanups...
- Added array grow increment constant.
- Remove unnecessary 'dst' init.
- Remove unnecessary strcpy().
- Make arg 's' and var 'src' const-correct.
-
-1998-12-21 Matt Wilson <msw@redhat.com>
-
- * poptparse.c: fix pointer assignment
-
-1998-12-16 Sebastian Wilhelmi <wilhelmi@ira.uka.de>
-
- * Makefile.am (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): added gnome-argp.c,
- which is needed for platforms without
- program_invocation_short_name and program_invocation_name.
- (libgnomesupport_la_LIBADD): reinstalled the correct value.
-
-1998-12-15 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add all source and header files here.
-
-1998-12-02 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add back `gnomesupport.awk' and
- `README-gnome'.
-
-1998-11-06 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * popt.c (gnomesupport-fake.h): Include.
- * poptint.h (ENABLE_NLS): Define POPT_() and _() i18n markers
- based on this.
-
-1998-11-04 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include gnomesupport.h unconditionally.
- * Makefile.am: Build libgnomesupport.la unconditionally.
- (popt_sources): List `popt' sources.
- (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): Include $popt_sources.
- (include_HEADERS): Install `popt.h'.
- (noinst_HEADERS): Don't install poptint.h and findme.h.
- * popt.c: New file. From the POPT package. Replacement for
- argp/getopt.
- * poptparse.c: Likewise.
- * popthelp.c: Likewise.
- * poptconfig.c: Likewise.
- * findme.c: Likewise.
- * findme.h: Likewise.
- * popt.h: Likewise.
- * poptint.h: Likewise.
-
-1998-09-02 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * canonicalize.c (realpath): Remove `weak_alias'.
- (canonicalize_file_name): Comment out.
-
- * gnomesupport.awk: Remove `canonicalize_file_name', and correct
- the comment for `realpath'.
-
-1998-09-02 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * gnomesupport.awk (canonicalize_file_name, realpath): Emit
- declarations if required.
-
- * canonicalize.c (canonicalize_file_name, realpath): New file.
- Imported from GLibC 2.0.7.
-
- * libc-symbols.h: New file. Imported from GLibC 2.0.7.
-
-1998-08-24 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * gnomesupport.awk: Emit declarations for `setreuid', `setregid'
- and `getpagesize' if required (GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS).
-
-1998-08-18 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * Makefile.am: Added explicit dependency `error.c: gnomesupport.h'.
-
- * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include `sys/types.h' to get `size_t' under
- FreeBSD.
-
- * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include `gnomesupport.h' only if we really
- `NEED_GNOMESUPPORT_H'.
-
-1998-08-16 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added all source and header files that
- are in CVS to make sure everything is included in the distribution
- no matter which files are used on the build system.
-
-1998-08-15 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * Makefile.am (libgnomesupport_la_SOURCES): List `gnomesupport.h'
- here in the hope that it'll ensure that it is built.
-
-1998-08-05 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add `gnomesupport-fake.h'.
-
-1998-08-02 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * error.c (program_name): Clean up #ifdef logic some more.
- (HAVE_STRERROR_R): Step on implementation namespace only if _LIBC.
-
-1998-07-30 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * error.c: Making weak alias `__error' and `__error_at_line'
- only if `_LIBC' is defined and not if we only
- HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME.
-
- * gnomesupport-fake.h: Include gnome-argp.h to get
- `program_invocation_name'.
-
-1998-07-29 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * gnomesupport-fake.h: New file. Fake in HAVE_* for functions
- that are provided by `gnomesupport' rather than `libc'.
- * error.c: Include gnomesupport-fake.h.
- (program_name): Define to `program_invocation_name' if
- HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME.
-
-1998-07-29 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * error.c, error.h: New files. Imported from glibc.
-
- * Makefile.am (supportinclude_HEADERS): Added `error.h'.
-
-1998-07-17 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * strtol.c, strtoul.c (<ansidecl.h>): Removed. Using
- `const' instead of `CONST'.
-
-1998-07-15 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * gnomesupport.awk (gethostname): Emit declaration.
-
-1998-07-15 Martin Baulig <baulig@Stud.Informatik.uni-trier.de>
-
- * gnomesupport.awk (memmove strtod strtol strtoul): Emit
- declarations.
-
- * memmove.c: New file. Imported from GNU libiberty.
-
- * strtod.c, strtol.c, strtoul.c: New files. Imported from
- GNU libiberty.
-
-1998-07-14 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * mkstemp.c (<stdint.h>): Systems that don't have `mkstemp'
- probably don't have <stdint.h> either. Will fix it with a proper
- autoconf test later.
-
-1998-07-13 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * argp.h (ARGP_EI): Define to `extern __inline__', rather that
- `extern inline'. Since this code is inside an __OPTIMIZE__ check,
- I assume this is GCC, and __inline__ will work.
-
- * mkstemp.c: New file.
- * gnomesupport.awk: Conditionally emit prototype for `mkstemp'.
-
-Tue Jul 7 00:02:51 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
- * argp-help.c: Don't include <malloc.h>.
-
-1998-06-11 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * Makefile.am (gnomesupport.h): Build with `gnomesupport.awk'.
- (CROSS_COMPILING): Remove.
- (EXTRA_DIST): Add `gnomesupport.awk'.
-
- * gnomesupport.awk: New file, to replace `gnomesupport-h.c'.
- * gnomesupport-h.c: Removed. Doesn't work well in cross-compiles.
-
-1998-06-08 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * Makefile.am (gnomesupport-h): When cross-compiling, this
- is build using `$(build_CC)' because it needs to run on the
- build system. Look at gnome-libs/configure.in to see how to
- get `build_CC'.
-
-Thu May 21 21:21:12 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
- * gnome-argp.h: Unconditionally declare program_invocation_name
- and program_invocation_short_name; some systems define these but
- don't declare them.
-
-1998-05-20 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * Makefile.am (INCLUDES): Define _GNU_SOURCE.
-
-1998-05-19 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * gnomesupport-h.c (strerror): Emit declaration.
- * strerror.c: New file. Imported from GNU libiberty.
-
-1998-05-19 Martin Baulig <martin@home-of-linux.org>
-
- * vsnprintf.c (vsnprintf): Changed declaration of this
- function on systems defining __STDC__ to avoid clash
- with prototype in system header file.
-
- * vsnprintf.c (snprintf): Moved toward the end of the
- file, so that the compiler sees correct declaration for
- vsnprintf().
-
-1998-05-12 Kjartan Maraas <kmaraas@fib.hl.no>
-
- * argp-help.c (argp_doc): Backed out previous "fix". :-)
- As pointed out it was dead wrong.
-
-1998-05-09 Kjartan Maraas <kmaraas@fib.hl.no>
-
- * argp-help.c (argp_doc): Removed a compiler warning.
-
-1998-04-14 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * gnomesupport-h.c (main): Make gnomesupport.h include stddef.h
- unconditionally.
-
-1998-04-13 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * scandir.c (<sys/types.h>): Include.
- * gnomesupport-h.c (!HAVE_SCANDIR): Do all the `dirent' wrangling
- only if `scandir' is needed. Also, include <sys/types.h> in all
- cases.
-
-1998-04-13 Seth Alves <alves@twitch.cp.domain.net>
-
- * gnomesupport-h.c (HAVE_DIRENT_H): FreeBSD needs <sys/types.h>
- before <dirent.h>.
-
-1998-04-12 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * Makefile.am (supportincludedir): Is now $(pkglibdir)/include.
- `gnomesupport.h' is a generated file dependent on the configure
- process. So, this seems a good place. The rest of the headers
- are also here just because I'm too lazy to maintain two separate
- include directories to search in for `libgnomesupport' stuff ;-)
- (supportinclude_DATA): New var. Has `gnomesupport.h'.
- (BUILT_SOURCES): Generate `gnomesupport.h'.
-
- * gnomesupport-h.c: New file. Used to generate `gnomesupport.h',
- which contains prototypes for many of the functions in
- `libgnomesupport'. This method is used to ensure that prototypes
- appear only for those functions that are provided by
- `libgnomesupport'.
-
- * scandir.c (alphasort): New utility function.
-
-1998-04-08 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * scandir.c: Import from GNU libc.
- Remove assumptions that this file is compiled inside GLIBC.
- Here are the ChangeLog entries when I imported it originally into
- `gwp':
-
- 1998-02-08 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
- * scandir.c (scandir): Revert change of `1998-02-07'.
- Don't use d_reclen, but fix the expression used to
- figure out the length.
-
- 1998-02-07 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
- * scandir.c (scandir): Use `d_reclen' field to get length
- of record.
-
- 1998-02-06 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
- * scandir.c: New file. Replacement function copied from
- glibc, edited to not step on implementation namespace.
-
-1998-03-28 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * vasprintf.c (int_vasprintf): Imported from GNU libit-0.4.
- Applied a change that appears in `libiberty'.
-
-Fri Mar 13 21:30:34 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
- * argp.texi: Imported from glibc.
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added argp.texi.
-
-1998-03-12 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Don't install argp-fmtstream.h and
- argp-namefrob.h. They are used only to compile `argp' and not for
- general usage.
-
-1998-03-11 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * getopt.h: Don't mention getopt() for C++. (Local fix).
-
- * vsnprintf.c: Actually fill it in. It is from
- <URL:http://theos.com/~deraadt/snprintf.c>, with one small fix to
- actually make it compile.
-
-1998-03-09 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * easy-vsnprintf.c: New file. Provides (v)snprintf as simple
- wrappers to `__vsnprintf'.
- * vsnprintf.c: New file. Empty for now.
-
-Sun Mar 8 17:13:33 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.am: Rewrote. Library now named libgnomesupport, now
- installed if Gnome support code is built.
-
-Sat Mar 7 00:03:26 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
- * gnome-argp.h (__mempcpy): New define.
-
- * strnlen.c: New file from glibc; needed by strndup.c.
-
-Fri Mar 6 20:10:55 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
- * argp-fmtstream.h (__attribute__): Define unless using gcc.
- * argp.h (__attribute__): Define unless using gcc.
-
- * argp-help.c, argp-parse.c, argp.h: Imported new versions from
- glibc, while preserving local changes.
-
-Wed Mar 4 00:58:27 1998 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.am (libsupport_a_SOURCES): Added gnome-argp.c.
- * gnome-argp.c: New file.
-
- * argp-parse.c: Include gnome-argp.h.
- * argp-help.c: Include gnome-argp.h.
-
- * README-gnome, gnome-argp.h: New files.
-
- * argp-ba.c, argp-eexst.c, argp-fmtstream.c, argp-fmtstream.h,
- argp-fs-xinl.c, argp-help.c, argp-namefrob.h, argp-parse.c,
- argp-pv.c, argp-pvh.c, argp-test.c, argp-xinl.c, argp.h,
- strndup.c: New files, imported from glibc. Please use "cvs
- import" if you import new versions.
-
- * Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Added argp-fmtstream.h,
- argp-namefrob.h, argp.h, gnome-argp.h.
- (EXTRA_DIST): New macro.
-
-1998-02-18 Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
-
- * strcasecmp.c: New file, copied from `glibc'. Used to provide
- replacement `strcasecmp' file.
-
-
diff --git a/support/Makefile.am b/support/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 627e1dfb..00000000
--- a/support/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in.
-
-supportexecincludedir = $(includedir)/gnome/$(GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION)
-
-INCLUDES = -D_GNU_SOURCE
-
-lib_LTLIBRARIES = libgnomesupport-1.3.la
-
-# it is in _DATA since we don't want `gnomesupport.h' to be part of
-# the distributed `.tar.gz' file
-supportexecinclude_DATA = gnomesupport.h
-
-# These are internal headers: they are used only when compiling and
-# should not be installed
-#noinst_HEADERS = gnomesupport-fake.h \
-# findme.h poptint.h system.h
-
-# Hmm... should we move `error.h' here.
-#include_HEADERS = popt-gnome.h
-
-#popt_sources = findme.c poptconfig.c poptparse.c popt.c popthelp.c
-popt_sources=
-
-libgnomesupport_1_3_la_SOURCES = gnomesupport.h $(popt_sources) gnome-argp.c
-libgnomesupport_1_3_la_LIBADD = @LTLIBOBJS@
-libgnomesupport_1_3_la_LDFLAGS = -version-info 0:0:0
-
-BUILT_SOURCES = gnomesupport.h
-
-# error.o is not always built. In the case when it is built, make
-# sure gnomesupport.h is built first.
-error.o: gnomesupport.h
-
-gnomesupport.h: gnomesupport.awk $(top_builddir)/config.h
- $(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/gnomesupport.awk < $(top_builddir)/config.h > gsh-t
- mv gsh-t gnomesupport.h
-
-EXTRA_DIST = gnomesupport.awk README-gnome \
- canonicalize.c easy-vsnprintf.c error.c error.h \
- findme.c findme.h getopt.c getopt.h getopt1.c \
- gnome-argp.c gnome-argp.h gnomesupport-fake.h \
- memmove.c mkstemp.c popt-gnome.h popt.c poptconfig.c \
- popthelp.c poptint.h poptparse.c scandir.c strcasecmp.c \
- strerror.c strndup.c strnlen.c strtod.c strtok_r.c strtol.c \
- strtoul.c vasprintf.c vsnprintf.c gnome-support-2.0.pc.in
-
-pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
-pkgconfig_DATA = gnome-support-2.0.pc
diff --git a/support/README-gnome b/support/README-gnome
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b59b3e4..00000000
--- a/support/README-gnome
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-Note to Gnome hackers:
-
-If you change anything related to popt, please forward these changes to
-ewt@redhat.com, the popt package maintainer.
-
-- jgarzik@pobox.com 12/24/1998
-
-
-Some files in this directory are taken verbatim from glibc.
-Do not modify them. If you find a bug, report it as you would any
-glibc bug.
-
-When updating the glibc files in the master Gnome repository, be sure
-to use "cvs import". That will ensure that any local changes are
-merged in.
-
-Yes, there are some minor local changes. Hopefully these will be
-sorted out with the glibc maintainer before long.
-
-- Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
- Wed, Mar 4 1998
-
-
-
-Notes on CVS import:
-
-This directory has files from two "vendors". There are, thus, two
-vendor branches
-
- 1.1.1 GNU
- 1.1.2 SNPRINTF_de_Raadt
-
-The files that have "vendor" versions are:
-
- argp-ba.c GNU
- argp-eexst.c GNU
- argp-fmtstream.c GNU
- argp-fmtstream.h GNU
- argp-fs-xinl.c GNU
- argp-help.c GNU
- argp-namefrob.h GNU
- argp-parse.c GNU
- argp-pv.c GNU
- argp-pvh.c GNU
- argp-test.c GNU
- argp-xinl.c GNU
- argp.h GNU
- getopt.c GNU
- getopt.h GNU
- getopt1.c GNU
- strcasecmp.c GNU
- strndup.c GNU
- strnlen.c GNU
- strtok_r.c GNU
- vasprintf.c GNU
- vsnprintf.c SNPRINTF_de_Raadt
-
-To find out the list of changes made against a "vendor" revision, you
-can say
-
- cvs diff -r <vendor-branch-tag>
-
-When any of these files are changed by the vendor, they can be
-reimported. At the time of importing, please make sure you use the
-correct branch revision and vendor tag.
-
-So, if you are importing changes to any of the `GNU' files, please use
-
- cvs import -b 1.1.1 gnome-common/support GNU <new-release-tag>
-
-If you are importing changes to "SNPRINTF_de_Raadt" files, please use
-
- cvs import -b 1.1.2 gnome-common/support SNPRINTF_de_Raadt <new-rel-tag>
- ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
- | |
- Branch revision Vendor Tag
-
-In other words the "Branch revision" and "Vendor Tag" must agree.
-
-- Raja R Harinath <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
- 1998-03-11
-
-
-
-Good places to get "support" functions:
-
-`libgnomesupport' is essentially a `glibc' emulation library, and hence
-`glibc' itself is a good source. However, some of the functions cannot
-be easily ripped out and put here (esp. any of the stdio-derived
-functions). Other places are:
-
-* libiberty from your friendly Cygnus source distribution, e.g.,
- binutils, gdb. The only caveat is that these cannot be used drop-in:
- you have to remove references to other files in the Cygnus tree &c.
-
-* libit, which appeared briefly on ftp://alpha.gnu.org
-
-* Jim Meyering's collection from his `fileutils'/`sh-utils'/`textutils'
- packages
-
-- Raja R Harinath
- 1998-03-28
diff --git a/support/README.cvs-commits b/support/README.cvs-commits
deleted file mode 100644
index 88e3d581..00000000
--- a/support/README.cvs-commits
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS -
-which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects
-a very large number of modules.
-
-Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you
-commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me
-a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok.
-
-Thanks for your understanding,
-
-August 1st, 2001
-Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
-
diff --git a/support/canonicalize.c b/support/canonicalize.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a04a0eca..00000000
--- a/support/canonicalize.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
- Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include <gnome-argp.h>
-
-/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name
- does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated path
- separators ('/') or symlinks. All path components must exist. If
- RESOLVED is null, the result is malloc'd; otherwise, if the
- canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with `errno'
- set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX chars,
- returns the name in RESOLVED. If the name cannot be resolved and
- RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the path of the first component
- that cannot be resolved. If the path can be resolved, RESOLVED
- holds the same value as the value returned. */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-#define set_errno(e) __set_errno(e)
-#else
-#define set_errno(e) errno = (e)
-#endif
-
-static char *
-canonicalize (const char *name, char *resolved)
-{
- char *rpath, *dest, *extra_buf = NULL;
- const char *start, *end, *rpath_limit;
- long int path_max;
- int num_links = 0;
-
-#ifdef PATH_MAX
- path_max = PATH_MAX;
-#else
- path_max = pathconf (name, _PC_PATH_MAX);
- if (path_max <= 0)
- path_max = 1024;
-#endif
-
- rpath = resolved ? __alloca (path_max) : malloc (path_max);
- rpath_limit = rpath + path_max;
-
- if (name[0] != '/')
- {
- if (!getcwd (rpath, path_max))
- goto error;
- dest = strchr (rpath, '\0');
- }
- else
- {
- rpath[0] = '/';
- dest = rpath + 1;
- }
-
- for (start = end = name; *start; start = end)
- {
- struct stat st;
- int n;
-
- /* skip sequence of multiple path-separators: */
- while (*start == '/') ++start;
-
- /* find end of path component: */
- for (end = start; *end && *end != '/'; ++end);
-
- if (end - start == 0)
- break;
- else if (strncmp (start, ".", end - start) == 0)
- /* nothing */;
- else if (strncmp (start, "..", end - start) == 0) {
- /* back up to previous component, ignore if at root already: */
- if (dest > rpath + 1)
- while ((--dest)[-1] != '/');
- } else
- {
- size_t new_size;
-
- if (dest[-1] != '/')
- *dest++ = '/';
-
- if (dest + (end - start) >= rpath_limit)
- {
- if (resolved)
- {
- set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
- goto error;
- }
- new_size = rpath_limit - rpath;
- if (end - start + 1 > path_max)
- new_size += end - start + 1;
- else
- new_size += path_max;
- rpath = realloc (rpath, new_size);
- rpath_limit = rpath + new_size;
- if (!rpath)
- return NULL;
- }
-
- memcpy (dest, start, end - start);
- dest += end - start;
- *dest = '\0';
-
- if (__lstat (rpath, &st) < 0)
- goto error;
-
- if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode))
- {
- char *buf = __alloca (path_max);
-
- if (++num_links > MAXSYMLINKS)
- {
- set_errno (ELOOP);
- goto error;
- }
-
- n = readlink (rpath, buf, path_max);
- if (n < 0)
- goto error;
- buf[n] = '\0';
-
- if (!extra_buf)
- extra_buf = __alloca (path_max);
-
- if ((long int) (n + strlen (end)) >= path_max)
- {
- set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
- goto error;
- }
-
- /* careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */
- strcat (buf, end);
- strcpy (extra_buf, buf);
- name = end = extra_buf;
-
- if (buf[0] == '/')
- dest = rpath + 1; /* it's an absolute symlink */
- else
- /* back up to previous component, ignore if at root already: */
- if (dest > rpath + 1)
- while ((--dest)[-1] != '/');
- }
- else
- num_links = 0;
- }
- }
- if (dest > rpath + 1 && dest[-1] == '/')
- --dest;
- *dest = '\0';
-
- return resolved ? strcpy (resolved, rpath) : rpath;
-
-error:
- if (resolved)
- strcpy (resolved, rpath);
- else
- free (rpath);
- return NULL;
-}
-
-char *
-realpath (const char *name, char *resolved)
-{
- if (resolved == NULL)
- {
- set_errno (EINVAL);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return canonicalize (name, resolved);
-}
-
-#if 0
-char *
-canonicalize_file_name (const char *name)
-{
- return canonicalize (name, NULL);
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/support/easy-vsnprintf.c b/support/easy-vsnprintf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b50df741..00000000
--- a/support/easy-vsnprintf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* (v)snprintf in terms of __(v)snprintf
- *
- * Useful with Solaris 2.5 libc, which appears to have the `__*' versions
- * of (v)snprintf.
- *
- * This file is in the public domain
- * (in case it matters)
- */
-
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-extern int __vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
-
-int
-vsnprintf (char *string, size_t maxlen, const char *format, va_list args)
-{
- return __vsnprintf (string, maxlen, format, args);
-}
-
-int
-snprintf (char *string, size_t maxlen, const char *format, ...)
-{
- va_list args;
- int retval;
- va_start(args, format);
- retval = vsnprintf (string, maxlen, format, args);
- va_end(args);
- return retval;
-}
diff --git a/support/error.c b/support/error.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b0264bc6..00000000
--- a/support/error.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
- Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of
- the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <gnomesupport-fake.h>
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
-# if __STDC__
-# include <stdarg.h>
-# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
-# else
-# include <varargs.h>
-# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
-# endif
-#else
-# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
-# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-void exit ();
-#endif
-
-#include "error.h"
-
-#ifndef _
-# define _(String) String
-#endif
-
-/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
- name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
- function without parameters instead. */
-void (*error_print_progname) (
-#if __STDC__ - 0
- void
-#endif
- );
-
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */
-unsigned int error_message_count;
-
-#if HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME || _LIBC
-/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */
-
-# define program_name program_invocation_name
-# include <errno.h>
-
-#else
-
-/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
- name of the executing program. */
-extern char *program_name;
-
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
- Instead make it a weak alias. */
-# define error __error
-# define error_at_line __error_at_line
-
-# define strerror_r __strerror_r
-
-#else /* not _LIBC */
-
-# if ! HAVE_STRERROR_R
-# if HAVE_STRERROR
-# ifndef strerror /* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
-char *strerror ();
-# endif
-# else
-static char *
-private_strerror (errnum)
- int errnum;
-{
- extern char *sys_errlist[];
- extern int sys_nerr;
-
- if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
- return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
- return _("Unknown system error");
-}
-# define strerror private_strerror
-# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
-# endif /* ! HAVE_STRERROR_R */
-#endif /* not _LIBC */
-
-/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
- format string with optional args.
- If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
- Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
-/* VARARGS */
-
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
- int status;
- int errnum;
- char *message;
- va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
- va_list args;
-#endif
-
- if (error_print_progname)
- (*error_print_progname) ();
- else
- {
- fflush (stdout);
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
- }
-
-#ifdef VA_START
- VA_START (args, message);
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
- vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
- _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
- va_end (args);
-#else
- fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-#endif
-
- ++error_message_count;
- if (errnum)
- {
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
- char errbuf[1024];
- fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
-#else
- fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
-#endif
- }
- putc ('\n', stderr);
- fflush (stderr);
- if (status)
- exit (status);
-}
-
-/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
- variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
-int error_one_per_line;
-
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
- unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
- int status;
- int errnum;
- const char *file_name;
- unsigned int line_number;
- char *message;
- va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
- va_list args;
-#endif
-
- if (error_one_per_line)
- {
- static const char *old_file_name;
- static unsigned int old_line_number;
-
- if (old_line_number == line_number &&
- (file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name)))
- /* Simply return and print nothing. */
- return;
-
- old_file_name = file_name;
- old_line_number = line_number;
- }
-
- if (error_print_progname)
- (*error_print_progname) ();
- else
- {
- fflush (stdout);
- fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
- }
-
- if (file_name != NULL)
- fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
-
-#ifdef VA_START
- VA_START (args, message);
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
- vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
- _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
- va_end (args);
-#else
- fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-#endif
-
- ++error_message_count;
- if (errnum)
- {
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
- char errbuf[1024];
- fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
-#else
- fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
-#endif
- }
- putc ('\n', stderr);
- fflush (stderr);
- if (status)
- exit (status);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Make the weak alias. */
-# undef error
-# undef error_at_line
-weak_alias (__error, error)
-weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
-#endif
diff --git a/support/error.h b/support/error.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d3bcb7a..00000000
--- a/support/error.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/* Declaration for error-reporting function
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of
- the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifndef _ERROR_H
-#define _ERROR_H 1
-
-#ifndef __attribute__
-/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
-# endif
-/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
- are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
-# define __format__ format
-# define __printf__ printf
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-
-/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
- if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
- If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'. */
-
-extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...)
- __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
-
-extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
- unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...)
- __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
-
-/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
- name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
- function without parameters instead. */
-extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
-
-#else
-void error ();
-void error_at_line ();
-extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
-#endif
-
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */
-extern unsigned int error_message_count;
-
-/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
- variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
-extern int error_one_per_line;
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* error.h */
diff --git a/support/findme.c b/support/findme.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d1b41c1..00000000
--- a/support/findme.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
- file accompanying popt source distributions, available from
- ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#include "system.h"
-#include "findme.h"
-
-const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0) {
- char * path = getenv("PATH");
- char * pathbuf;
- char * start, * chptr;
- char * buf;
-
- /* If there is a / in the argv[0], it has to be an absolute
- path */
- if (strchr(argv0, '/'))
- return xstrdup(argv0);
-
- if (!path) return NULL;
-
- start = pathbuf = alloca(strlen(path) + 1);
- buf = malloc(strlen(path) + strlen(argv0) + 2);
- strcpy(pathbuf, path);
-
- chptr = NULL;
- do {
- if ((chptr = strchr(start, ':')))
- *chptr = '\0';
- sprintf(buf, "%s/%s", start, argv0);
-
- if (!access(buf, X_OK))
- return buf;
-
- if (chptr)
- start = chptr + 1;
- else
- start = NULL;
- } while (start && *start);
-
- free(buf);
-
- return NULL;
-}
diff --git a/support/findme.h b/support/findme.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e93963d..00000000
--- a/support/findme.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
- file accompanying popt source distributions, available from
- ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#ifndef H_FINDME
-#define H_FINDME
-
-const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/getopt.c b/support/getopt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 31999258..00000000
--- a/support/getopt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1041 +0,0 @@
-/* Getopt for GNU.
- NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
- "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
- before changing it!
-
- Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
- Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */
-#ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
- reject `defined (const)'. */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
- actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
- Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
- and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
- (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
- program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
- it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
-
-#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
- to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
- contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif /* GNU C library. */
-
-#ifdef VMS
-#include <unixlib.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
- When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
-#else
-# define _(msgid) (msgid)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
- but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
- to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
-
- As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
- when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus
- all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
-
- Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
- Then the behavior is completely standard.
-
- GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
- they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
- When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
- the argument value is returned here.
- Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
- each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
-
-char *optarg = NULL;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
- This is used for communication to and from the caller
- and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
- On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
- When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
- non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
- Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
- how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
-
-/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */
-int optind = 1;
-
-/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which
- causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
- know that. */
-
-int __getopt_initialized = 0;
-
-/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
- in which the last option character we returned was found.
- This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
-
- If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
- by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
-
-static char *nextchar;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
- for unrecognized options. */
-
-int opterr = 1;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
- This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
- system's own getopt implementation. */
-
-int optopt = '?';
-
-/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
-
- If the caller did not specify anything,
- the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
- POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
-
- REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
- stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
- This is what Unix does.
- This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
- variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
- of the list of option characters.
-
- PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
- so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options
- to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
- expect this.
-
- RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
- to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
- the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element
- as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
- Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
- selects this mode of operation.
-
- The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
- of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
- `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */
-
-static enum
-{
- REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
-} ordering;
-
-/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */
-static char *posixly_correct;
-
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
- because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
- On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
- in GCC. */
-#include <string.h>
-#define my_index strchr
-#else
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
- whose names are inconsistent. */
-
-char *getenv ();
-
-static char *
-my_index (str, chr)
- const char *str;
- int chr;
-{
- while (*str)
- {
- if (*str == chr)
- return (char *) str;
- str++;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
- If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
- That was relevant to code that was here before. */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
- and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */
-extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
-#endif /* __GNUC__ */
-
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-
-/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
-
-/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
- been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
- `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
-
-static int first_nonopt;
-static int last_nonopt;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
- indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */
-
-/* Defined in getopt_init.c */
-extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
-
-static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
-static int nonoption_flags_len;
-
-static int original_argc;
-static char *const *original_argv;
-
-/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
- is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
- to getopt is that one passed to the process. */
-static void
-__attribute__ ((unused))
-store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
-{
- /* XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so
- that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */
- original_argc = argc;
- original_argv = argv;
-}
-# ifdef text_set_element
-text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
-# endif /* text_set_element */
-
-# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
- if (nonoption_flags_len > 0) \
- { \
- char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \
- __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \
- __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \
- }
-#else /* !_LIBC */
-# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
-#endif /* _LIBC */
-
-/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
- One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
- which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
- The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
- the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
-
- `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
- the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-static void exchange (char **);
-#endif
-
-static void
-exchange (argv)
- char **argv;
-{
- int bottom = first_nonopt;
- int middle = last_nonopt;
- int top = optind;
- char *tem;
-
- /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
- That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
- It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
- but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
- string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range
- of the string. */
- if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len)
- {
- /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and
- presents new arguments. */
- char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
- if (new_str == NULL)
- nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
- else
- {
- memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
- nonoption_flags_max_len),
- '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
- nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
- __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
- {
- if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
- {
- /* Bottom segment is the short one. */
- int len = middle - bottom;
- register int i;
-
- /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- {
- tem = argv[bottom + i];
- argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
- argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
- SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
- }
- /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */
- top -= len;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Top segment is the short one. */
- int len = top - middle;
- register int i;
-
- /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- {
- tem = argv[bottom + i];
- argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
- argv[middle + i] = tem;
- SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
- }
- /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */
- bottom += len;
- }
- }
-
- /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */
-
- first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
- last_nonopt = optind;
-}
-
-/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
-#endif
-static const char *
-_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *optstring;
-{
- /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
- is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
- non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */
-
- first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind;
-
- nextchar = NULL;
-
- posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
-
- /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */
-
- if (optstring[0] == '-')
- {
- ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
- ++optstring;
- }
- else if (optstring[0] == '+')
- {
- ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
- ++optstring;
- }
- else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
- ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
- else
- ordering = PERMUTE;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- if (posixly_correct == NULL
- && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
- {
- if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
- {
- if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
- || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
- nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
- else
- {
- const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
- int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
- if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
- nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
- __getopt_nonoption_flags =
- (char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len);
- if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
- nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
- else
- memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
- '\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
- }
- }
- nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
- }
- else
- nonoption_flags_len = 0;
-#endif
-
- return optstring;
-}
-
-/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
- given in OPTSTRING.
-
- If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
- then it is an option element. The characters of this element
- (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt'
- is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
- from each of the option elements.
-
- If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
- updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
- resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
-
- If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
- Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
- that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
- so that those that are not options now come last.)
-
- OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
- If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
- return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to
- zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
-
- If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
- so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
- ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that
- wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
- it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
-
- If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
- handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
- See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
-
- Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
- Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
- or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an
- argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
- from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
- When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
- `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
- if the `flag' field is zero.
-
- The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
- But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
- with other systems.
-
- LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
- element containing a name which is zero.
-
- LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
- It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
- recent call.
-
- If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
- long-named options. */
-
-int
-_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *optstring;
- const struct option *longopts;
- int *longind;
- int long_only;
-{
- optarg = NULL;
-
- if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
- {
- if (optind == 0)
- optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */
- optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring);
- __getopt_initialized = 1;
- }
-
- /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
- Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
- from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information
- is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \
- || (optind < nonoption_flags_len \
- && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
-#else
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#endif
-
- if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
- {
- /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */
-
- /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
- moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */
- if (last_nonopt > optind)
- last_nonopt = optind;
- if (first_nonopt > optind)
- first_nonopt = optind;
-
- if (ordering == PERMUTE)
- {
- /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
- exchange them so that the options come first. */
-
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
- exchange ((char **) argv);
- else if (last_nonopt != optind)
- first_nonopt = optind;
-
- /* Skip any additional non-options
- and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */
-
- while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
- optind++;
- last_nonopt = optind;
- }
-
- /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
- Skip it like a null option,
- then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
- then skip everything else like a non-option. */
-
- if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
- {
- optind++;
-
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
- exchange ((char **) argv);
- else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
- first_nonopt = optind;
- last_nonopt = argc;
-
- optind = argc;
- }
-
- /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
- and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */
-
- if (optind == argc)
- {
- /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
- that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
- optind = first_nonopt;
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
- either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */
-
- if (NONOPTION_P)
- {
- if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
- return -1;
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
- Skip the initial punctuation. */
-
- nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
- + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
- }
-
- /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */
-
- /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
-
- If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
- a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
- a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no
- way to give the -f short option.
-
- On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
- the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
- the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
-
- This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */
-
- if (longopts != NULL
- && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
- || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
- {
- char *nameend;
- const struct option *p;
- const struct option *pfound = NULL;
- int exact = 0;
- int ambig = 0;
- int indfound = -1;
- int option_index;
-
- for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
-
- /* Test all long options for either exact match
- or abbreviated matches. */
- for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
- if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
- {
- if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar)
- == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
- {
- /* Exact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- exact = 1;
- break;
- }
- else if (pfound == NULL)
- {
- /* First nonexact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- }
- else
- /* Second or later nonexact match found. */
- ambig = 1;
- }
-
- if (ambig && !exact)
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind]);
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- optind++;
- optopt = 0;
- return '?';
- }
-
- if (pfound != NULL)
- {
- option_index = indfound;
- optind++;
- if (*nameend)
- {
- /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
- allow it to be used on enums. */
- if (pfound->has_arg)
- optarg = nameend + 1;
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
- /* --option */
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
- argv[0], pfound->name);
- else
- /* +option or -option */
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
-
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-
- optopt = pfound->val;
- return '?';
- }
- }
- else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
- {
- if (optind < argc)
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- optopt = pfound->val;
- return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
- }
- }
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- if (longind != NULL)
- *longind = option_index;
- if (pfound->flag)
- {
- *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
- return 0;
- }
- return pfound->val;
- }
-
- /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only,
- or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
- option, then it's an error.
- Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */
- if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
- || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
- /* --option */
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
- argv[0], nextchar);
- else
- /* +option or -option */
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
- }
- nextchar = (char *) "";
- optind++;
- optopt = 0;
- return '?';
- }
- }
-
- /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */
-
- {
- char c = *nextchar++;
- char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
-
- /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */
- if (*nextchar == '\0')
- ++optind;
-
- if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- if (posixly_correct)
- /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
- argv[0], c);
- else
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
- argv[0], c);
- }
- optopt = c;
- return '?';
- }
- /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
- if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
- {
- char *nameend;
- const struct option *p;
- const struct option *pfound = NULL;
- int exact = 0;
- int ambig = 0;
- int indfound = 0;
- int option_index;
-
- /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
- if (*nextchar != '\0')
- {
- optarg = nextchar;
- /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
- we must advance to the next element now. */
- optind++;
- }
- else if (optind == argc)
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
- argv[0], c);
- }
- optopt = c;
- if (optstring[0] == ':')
- c = ':';
- else
- c = '?';
- return c;
- }
- else
- /* We already incremented `optind' once;
- increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
- optarg = argv[optind++];
-
- /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
- table of longopts. */
-
- for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
-
- /* Test all long options for either exact match
- or abbreviated matches. */
- for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
- if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
- {
- if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
- {
- /* Exact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- exact = 1;
- break;
- }
- else if (pfound == NULL)
- {
- /* First nonexact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- }
- else
- /* Second or later nonexact match found. */
- ambig = 1;
- }
- if (ambig && !exact)
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind]);
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- optind++;
- return '?';
- }
- if (pfound != NULL)
- {
- option_index = indfound;
- if (*nameend)
- {
- /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
- allow it to be used on enums. */
- if (pfound->has_arg)
- optarg = nameend + 1;
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr, _("\
-%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
- argv[0], pfound->name);
-
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- return '?';
- }
- }
- else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
- {
- if (optind < argc)
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
- }
- }
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- if (longind != NULL)
- *longind = option_index;
- if (pfound->flag)
- {
- *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
- return 0;
- }
- return pfound->val;
- }
- nextchar = NULL;
- return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */
- }
- if (temp[1] == ':')
- {
- if (temp[2] == ':')
- {
- /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */
- if (*nextchar != '\0')
- {
- optarg = nextchar;
- optind++;
- }
- else
- optarg = NULL;
- nextchar = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
- if (*nextchar != '\0')
- {
- optarg = nextchar;
- /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
- we must advance to the next element now. */
- optind++;
- }
- else if (optind == argc)
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
- argv[0], c);
- }
- optopt = c;
- if (optstring[0] == ':')
- c = ':';
- else
- c = '?';
- }
- else
- /* We already incremented `optind' once;
- increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- nextchar = NULL;
- }
- }
- return c;
- }
-}
-
-int
-getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *optstring;
-{
- return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
- (const struct option *) 0,
- (int *) 0,
- 0);
-}
-
-#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
- the above definition of `getopt'. */
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
- int argc;
- char **argv;
-{
- int c;
- int digit_optind = 0;
-
- while (1)
- {
- int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-
- c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
- if (c == -1)
- break;
-
- switch (c)
- {
- case '0':
- case '1':
- case '2':
- case '3':
- case '4':
- case '5':
- case '6':
- case '7':
- case '8':
- case '9':
- if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
- printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
- digit_optind = this_option_optind;
- printf ("option %c\n", c);
- break;
-
- case 'a':
- printf ("option a\n");
- break;
-
- case 'b':
- printf ("option b\n");
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
- break;
-
- case '?':
- break;
-
- default:
- printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
- }
- }
-
- if (optind < argc)
- {
- printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
- while (optind < argc)
- printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
- printf ("\n");
- }
-
- exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/support/getopt.h b/support/getopt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b25f902..00000000
--- a/support/getopt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/* Declarations for getopt.
- Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
- When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
- the argument value is returned here.
- Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
- each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
-
-extern char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
- This is used for communication to and from the caller
- and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
- On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
- When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
- non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
- Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
- how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
-
-extern int optind;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
- for unrecognized options. */
-
-extern int opterr;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
-
-extern int optopt;
-
-/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
- The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
- of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
- zero.
-
- The field `has_arg' is:
- no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
- required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
- optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-
- If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
- to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
- left unchanged if the option is not found.
-
- To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
- a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
- option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
- value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
- one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
- returns the contents of the `val' field. */
-
-struct option
-{
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
- const char *name;
-#else
- char *name;
-#endif
- /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
- type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
- int has_arg;
- int *flag;
- int val;
-};
-
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
-
-#define no_argument 0
-#define required_argument 1
-#define optional_argument 2
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
- differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
- errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-/* C++ is more pedantic, and demands a full prototype, not this.
- Hope that stdlib.h has a prototype for `getopt'. */
-extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
- const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
- const char *shortopts,
- const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-
-/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
- const char *shortopts,
- const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
- int long_only);
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-extern int getopt_long ();
-extern int getopt_long_only ();
-
-extern int _getopt_internal ();
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* getopt.h */
diff --git a/support/getopt1.c b/support/getopt1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4aa8de6f..00000000
--- a/support/getopt1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
- Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
- reject `defined (const)'. */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
- actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
- Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
- and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
- (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
- program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
- it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
-
-#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
- to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NULL
-#define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-int
-getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *options;
- const struct option *long_options;
- int *opt_index;
-{
- return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
-}
-
-/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
- If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
- but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
- instead. */
-
-int
-getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *options;
- const struct option *long_options;
- int *opt_index;
-{
- return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
-}
-
-
-#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
- int argc;
- char **argv;
-{
- int c;
- int digit_optind = 0;
-
- while (1)
- {
- int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
- int option_index = 0;
- static struct option long_options[] =
- {
- {"add", 1, 0, 0},
- {"append", 0, 0, 0},
- {"delete", 1, 0, 0},
- {"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
- {"create", 0, 0, 0},
- {"file", 1, 0, 0},
- {0, 0, 0, 0}
- };
-
- c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
- long_options, &option_index);
- if (c == -1)
- break;
-
- switch (c)
- {
- case 0:
- printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
- if (optarg)
- printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
- printf ("\n");
- break;
-
- case '0':
- case '1':
- case '2':
- case '3':
- case '4':
- case '5':
- case '6':
- case '7':
- case '8':
- case '9':
- if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
- printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
- digit_optind = this_option_optind;
- printf ("option %c\n", c);
- break;
-
- case 'a':
- printf ("option a\n");
- break;
-
- case 'b':
- printf ("option b\n");
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
- break;
-
- case 'd':
- printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
- break;
-
- case '?':
- break;
-
- default:
- printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
- }
- }
-
- if (optind < argc)
- {
- printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
- while (optind < argc)
- printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
- printf ("\n");
- }
-
- exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/support/gnome-argp.c b/support/gnome-argp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f908628..00000000
--- a/support/gnome-argp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-/* Gnome-specific code to help with argp integration.
- Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>. */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
-char *program_invocation_short_name;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
-char *program_invocation_name;
-#endif
diff --git a/support/gnome-argp.h b/support/gnome-argp.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fc18a87f..00000000
--- a/support/gnome-argp.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-/* Gnome-specific code to help with argp integration.
- Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>. */
-
-#ifndef __GNOME_ARGP_H__
-#define __GNOME_ARGP_H__
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRNDUP
-/* Like strdup, but only copy N chars. */
-extern char *strndup (const char *s, size_t n);
-#endif
-
-/* Some systems, like Red Hat 4.0, define these but don't declare
- them. Hopefully it is safe to always declare them here. */
-extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
-extern char *program_invocation_name;
-
-#define __mempcpy(To,From,Len) ((char *)memcpy ((To), (From), (Len)) + (Len))
-
-#endif /* __GNOME_ARGP_H__ */
diff --git a/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in b/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 4741ef0f..00000000
--- a/support/gnome-support-2.0.pc.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-prefix=@prefix@
-exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
-libdir=@libdir@
-includedir=@includedir@
-
-Name: gnome-support
-Description: GNOME support library
-Version: @VERSION@
-Requires: gnome-common-2.0
-Libs: -lgnomesupport-1.3
-Cflags: \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/support/gnomesupport-fake.h b/support/gnomesupport-fake.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3431ce92..00000000
--- a/support/gnomesupport-fake.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_
-#define GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-/* ??? This is required to get `size_t' on some systems. */
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include <gnomesupport.h>
-
-/* Some systems, like Red Hat 4.0, define these but don't declare
- them. Hopefully it is safe to always declare them here. */
-extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
-extern char *program_invocation_name;
-
-/* Override some of config.h.
- Gnomesupport provides the replacements for these, so you actually
- HAVE_ them. */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
-# define HAVE_STRERROR 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
-# define HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
-# define HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1
-#endif
-
-#endif /* GNOMESUPPORT_FAKE_H_ */
diff --git a/support/gnomesupport.awk b/support/gnomesupport.awk
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f89ab6a..00000000
--- a/support/gnomesupport.awk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-# This program is used to generate gnomesupport.h
-
-# Print prologue
-BEGIN {
- print "/* gnomesupport.h */";
- print "/* This is a generated file. Please modify `gnomesupport.awk' */";
- print "";
- print "#ifndef GNOMESUPPORT_H";
- print "#define GNOMESUPPORT_H";
- print "";
- print "#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */";
-}
-
-# For each `#define HAVE_FOO 1', set def["HAVE_FOO"] = 1
-/^\#define[ \t]/ { def[$2] = 1; }
-
-END {
- if (!def["HAVE_VASPRINTF"] || !def["HAVE_VSNPRINTF"]) {
- print "#include <stdarg.h>";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_SCANDIR"] || def["NEED_DECLARATION_SCANDIR"]) {
- print "#include <sys/types.h>";
-
- if (def["HAVE_DIRENT_H"]) {
- print "#include <dirent.h>";
- print "#define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)";
- } else {
- print "#define dirent direct";
- print "#define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen";
-
- if (def["HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H"])
- print "#include <sys/ndir.h>";
- if (def["HAVE_SYS_DIR_H"])
- print "#include <sys/dir.h>";
- if (def["HAVE_NDIR_H"])
- print "#include <ndir.h>";
- }
- }
-
- print "";
- print "#ifdef __cplusplus";
- print "extern \"C\" {";
- print "#endif /* __cplusplus */";
-
- if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_GETHOSTNAME"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Get name of current host. */";
- print "int gethostname(char */*name*/, int /*namelen*/);";
- }
-
- if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_SETREUID"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Set real and effective user ID. */";
- print "int setreuid(uid_t /*ruid*/, uid_t /*euid*/);";
- }
-
- if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_SETREGID"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Set real and effective group ID. */";
- print "int setregid(gid_t /*rgid*/, gid_t /*egid*/);";
- }
-
- if (def["NEED_DECLARATION_GETPAGESIZE"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Get system page size. */";
- print "size_t getpagesize(void);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_MEMMOVE"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Copies len bytes from src to dest. */";
- print "void * memmove (void */*dest*/, const void */*src*/, size_t /*len*/);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_MKSTEMP"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.";
- print " The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";";
- print " they are replaced with a string that makes the filename";
- print " unique. Returns a file descriptor open on the file for";
- print " reading and writing. */";
- print "int mkstemp (char */*template*/);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_SCANDIR"] || def["NEED_DECLARATION_SCANDIR"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Scan the directory DIR, calling SELECTOR on each directory";
- print " entry. Entries for which SELECTOR returns nonzero are";
- print " individually malloc'd, sorted using qsort with CMP, and";
- print " collected in a malloc'd array in *NAMELIST. Returns the";
- print " number of entries selected, or -1 on error. */";
- print "int scandir (const char */*dir*/, struct dirent ***/*namelist*/,";
- print " int (*/*selector*/) (struct dirent *),";
- print " int (*/*cmp*/) (const void *, const void *));";
- print "";
- print "/* Function to compare two `struct dirent's alphabetically. */";
- print "int alphasort (const void */*a*/, const void */*b*/);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_STRERROR"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Return a string describing the meaning of the `errno' code";
- print " in ERRNUM. */";
- print "extern char *strerror (int /*errnum*/);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_STRCASECMP"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case. */";
- print "int strcasecmp (const char */*s1*/, const char */*s2*/);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_STRNDUP"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Return a malloc'd copy of at most N bytes of STRING. The";
- print " resultant string is terminated even if no null terminator";
- print " appears before STRING[N]. */";
- print "char * strndup (const char */*s*/, size_t /*n*/);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_STRNLEN"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN";
- print " characters. If no '\\0' terminator is found in that many";
- print " characters, return MAXLEN. */";
- print "size_t strnlen (const char */*string*/, size_t /*maxlen*/);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_STRTOK_R"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Divide S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.";
- print " Information passed between calls are stored in SAVE_PTR. */";
- print "char * strtok_r (char */*s*/, const char */*delim*/,";
- print " char **/*save_ptr*/);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_STRTOD"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by";
- print " nptr to double representation and return the converted value.";
- print " If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the";
- print " last character used in the conversion is stored in the";
- print " location referenced by endptr. */";
- print "double strtod (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_STRTOL"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by";
- print " nptr to a long integer value according to the given base.";
- print " If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the";
- print " last character used in the conversion is stored in the";
- print " location referenced by endptr. */";
- print "long int strtol (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/, int /*base*/);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_STRTOUL"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by";
- print " nptr to an unsigned long integer value according to the given base.";
- print " If endptr is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the";
- print " last character used in the conversion is stored in the";
- print " location referenced by endptr. */";
- print "unsigned long int strtoul (const char */*nptr*/, char **/*endptr*/,";
- print " int /*base*/);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_VASPRINTF"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with";
- print " `malloc'. Store the address of the string in *PTR. */";
- print "int vasprintf (char **/*ptr*/, const char */*format*/,";
- print " va_list /*args*/);";
- print "int asprintf (char **/*ptr*/, const char */*format*/, ...);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_VSNPRINTF"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Maximum chars of output to write is MAXLEN. */";
- print "int vsnprintf (char */*str*/, size_t /*maxlen*/,";
- print " char */*fmt*/, va_list /*ap*/);";
- print "int snprintf (char */*str*/, size_t /*maxlen*/,";
- print " char */*fmt*/, ...);";
- }
-
- if (!def["HAVE_REALPATH"]) {
- print "";
- print "/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name";
- print " does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated path";
- print " separators ('/') or symlinks. All path components must exist.";
- print " If the canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with";
- print " `errno' set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX";
- print " chars, returns the name in RESOLVED. If the name cannot be resolved";
- print " and RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the path of the first component";
- print " that cannot be resolved. If the path can be resolved, RESOLVED";
- print " holds the same value as the value returned. */";
- print "";
- print "char *realpath (char */*path*/, char /*resolved_path*/[]);";
- }
-
- print "";
- print "#ifdef __cplusplus";
- print "}";
- print "#endif /* __cplusplus */";
- print "";
- print "#endif /* GNOMESUPPORT_H */";
-}
diff --git a/support/memmove.c b/support/memmove.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 96e257ed..00000000
--- a/support/memmove.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's memmove using BSD's bcopy. */
-/* This function is in the public domain. --Per Bothner. */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-#include <stddef.h>
-#else
-#define size_t unsigned long
-#endif
-
-void *
-memmove (s1, s2, n)
- void *s1;
- const void *s2;
- size_t n;
-{
- bcopy (s2, s1, n);
- return s1;
-}
diff --git a/support/mkstemp.c b/support/mkstemp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 09c5a55e..00000000
--- a/support/mkstemp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-#include <stdint.h>
-#define gettimeofday __gettimeofday
-#define set_errno(e) __set_errno(e)
-typedef uint64_t big_type;
-#else
-#define set_errno(e) errno = (e)
-/* FIXME: maybe check for long long. */
-typedef long big_type;
-#endif
-
-/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.
- The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
- they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
- Returns a file descriptor open on the file for reading and writing. */
-int
-mkstemp (template)
- char *template;
-{
- static const char letters[]
- = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
- static big_type value;
- struct timeval tv;
- char *XXXXXX;
- size_t len;
- int count;
-
- len = strlen (template);
- if (len < 6 || strcmp (&template[len - 6], "XXXXXX"))
- {
- set_errno (EINVAL);
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* This is where the Xs start. */
- XXXXXX = &template[len - 6];
-
- /* Get some more or less random data. */
- gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
- value += ((big_type) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec ^ getpid ();
-
- for (count = 0; count < TMP_MAX; ++count)
- {
- big_type v = value;
- int fd;
-
- /* Fill in the random bits. */
- XXXXXX[0] = letters[v % 62];
- v /= 62;
- XXXXXX[1] = letters[v % 62];
- v /= 62;
- XXXXXX[2] = letters[v % 62];
- v /= 62;
- XXXXXX[3] = letters[v % 62];
- v /= 62;
- XXXXXX[4] = letters[v % 62];
- v /= 62;
- XXXXXX[5] = letters[v % 62];
-
- fd = open (template, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
- if (fd >= 0)
- /* The file does not exist. */
- return fd;
-
- /* This is a random value. It is only necessary that the next
- TMP_MAX values generated by adding 7777 to VALUE are different
- with (module 2^32). */
- value += 7777;
- }
-
- /* We return the null string if we can't find a unique file name. */
- template[0] = '\0';
- return -1;
-}
diff --git a/support/popt-gnome.h b/support/popt-gnome.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5046fade..00000000
--- a/support/popt-gnome.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
- file accompanying popt source distributions, available from
- ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#ifndef H_POPT
-#define H_POPT
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h> /* for FILE * */
-
-#define POPT_OPTION_DEPTH 10
-
-#define POPT_ARG_NONE 0
-#define POPT_ARG_STRING 1
-#define POPT_ARG_INT 2
-#define POPT_ARG_LONG 3
-#define POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE 4 /* arg points to table */
-#define POPT_ARG_CALLBACK 5 /* table-wide callback... must be
- set first in table; arg points
- to callback, descrip points to
- callback data to pass */
-#define POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN 6 /* set the translation domain
- for this table and any
- included tables; arg points
- to the domain string */
-#define POPT_ARG_VAL 7 /* arg should take value val */
-#define POPT_ARG_MASK 0x0000FFFF
-#define POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH 0x80000000 /* allow -longoption */
-#define POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN 0x40000000 /* don't show in help/usage */
-#define POPT_CBFLAG_PRE 0x80000000 /* call the callback before parse */
-#define POPT_CBFLAG_POST 0x40000000 /* call the callback after parse */
-#define POPT_CBFLAG_INC_DATA 0x20000000 /* use data from the include line,
- not the subtable */
-
-#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG -10
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT -11
-#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP -13
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE -15 /* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO -16 /* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER -17
-#define POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW -18
-
-/* poptBadOption() flags */
-#define POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS (1 << 0) /* don't go into an alias */
-
-/* poptGetContext() flags */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC (1 << 0) /* ignore exec expansions */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST (1 << 1) /* pay attention to argv[0] */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER (1 << 2) /* options can't follow args */
-
-struct poptOption {
- /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName; /* may be NULL */
- char shortName; /* may be '\0' */
- int argInfo;
- /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ void * arg; /* depends on argInfo */
- int val; /* 0 means don't return, just update flag */
- /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * descrip; /* description for autohelp -- may be NULL */
- /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * argDescrip; /* argument description for autohelp */
-};
-
-struct poptAlias {
- /*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName; /* may be NULL */
- char shortName; /* may be '\0' */
- int argc;
- /*@owned@*/ const char ** argv; /* must be free()able */
-};
-
-extern struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[];
-#define POPT_AUTOHELP { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptHelpOptions, \
- 0, "Help options", NULL },
-
-typedef struct poptContext_s * poptContext;
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-typedef struct poptOption * poptOption;
-#endif
-
-enum poptCallbackReason { POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE,
- POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST,
- POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION };
-typedef void (*poptCallbackType)(poptContext con,
- enum poptCallbackReason reason,
- const struct poptOption * opt,
- const char * arg, const void * data);
-
-/*@only@*/ poptContext poptGetContext(/*@keep@*/ const char * name,
- int argc, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv,
- /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options, int flags);
-void poptResetContext(poptContext con);
-
-/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */
-int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con);
-/* returns NULL if no argument is available */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con);
-/* returns NULL if no more options are available */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetArg(poptContext con);
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con);
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con);
-/* returns the option which caused the most recent error */
-/*@observer@*/ const char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags);
-void poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ poptContext con);
-int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv);
-int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias, int flags);
-int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn);
-/* like above, but reads /etc/popt and $HOME/.popt along with environment
- vars */
-int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, int useEnv);
-/* argv should be freed -- this allows ', ", and \ quoting, but ' is treated
- the same as " and both may include \ quotes */
-int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
- /*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr);
-int poptParseArgvString(const char * s,
- /*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr);
-/*@observer@*/ const char *const poptStrerror(const int error);
-void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute);
-void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * f, int flags);
-void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * f, int flags);
-void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text);
-/*@observer@*/ const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/popt.c b/support/popt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 283cf83c..00000000
--- a/support/popt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,713 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
- file accompanying popt source distributions, available from
- ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#include "system.h"
-#include "findme.h"
-#include "poptint.h"
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
-static char * strerror(int errno) {
- extern int sys_nerr;
- extern char * sys_errlist[];
-
- if ((0 <= errno) && (errno < sys_nerr))
- return sys_errlist[errno];
- else
- return POPT_("unknown errno");
-}
-#endif
-
-void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute) {
- if (con->execPath) xfree(con->execPath);
- con->execPath = xstrdup(path);
- con->execAbsolute = allowAbsolute;
-}
-
-static void invokeCallbacks(poptContext con, const struct poptOption * table,
- int post) {
- const struct poptOption * opt = table;
- poptCallbackType cb;
-
- while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
- if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
- invokeCallbacks(con, opt->arg, post);
- } else if (((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK) &&
- ((!post && (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_PRE)) ||
- ( post && (opt->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_POST)))) {
- cb = (poptCallbackType)opt->arg;
- cb(con, post ? POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST : POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE,
- NULL, NULL, opt->descrip);
- }
- opt++;
- }
-}
-
-poptContext poptGetContext(const char * name, int argc, const char ** argv,
- const struct poptOption * options, int flags) {
- poptContext con = malloc(sizeof(*con));
-
- memset(con, 0, sizeof(*con));
-
- con->os = con->optionStack;
- con->os->argc = argc;
- con->os->argv = argv;
- con->os->argb = NULL;
-
- if (!(flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST))
- con->os->next = 1; /* skip argv[0] */
-
- con->leftovers = calloc( (argc + 1), sizeof(char *) );
- con->options = options;
- con->aliases = NULL;
- con->numAliases = 0;
- con->flags = flags;
- con->execs = NULL;
- con->numExecs = 0;
- con->finalArgvAlloced = argc * 2;
- con->finalArgv = calloc( con->finalArgvAlloced, sizeof(*con->finalArgv) );
- con->execAbsolute = 1;
-
- if (getenv("POSIXLY_CORRECT") || getenv("POSIX_ME_HARDER"))
- con->flags |= POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER;
-
- if (name)
- con->appName = strcpy(malloc(strlen(name) + 1), name);
-
- invokeCallbacks(con, con->options, 0);
-
- return con;
-}
-
-static void cleanOSE(struct optionStackEntry *os)
-{
- if (os->nextArg) {
- xfree(os->nextArg);
- os->nextArg = NULL;
- }
- if (os->argv) {
- xfree(os->argv);
- os->argv = NULL;
- }
- if (os->argb) {
- PBM_FREE(os->argb);
- os->argb = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-void poptResetContext(poptContext con) {
- int i;
-
- while (con->os > con->optionStack) {
- cleanOSE(con->os--);
- }
- if (con->os->argb) {
- PBM_FREE(con->os->argb);
- con->os->argb = NULL;
- }
- con->os->currAlias = NULL;
- con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
- con->os->nextArg = NULL;
- con->os->next = 1; /* skip argv[0] */
-
- con->numLeftovers = 0;
- con->nextLeftover = 0;
- con->restLeftover = 0;
- con->doExec = NULL;
-
- for (i = 0; i < con->finalArgvCount; i++) {
- if (con->finalArgv[i]) {
- xfree(con->finalArgv[i]);
- con->finalArgv[i] = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- con->finalArgvCount = 0;
-}
-
-/* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */
-static int handleExec(poptContext con, char * longName, char shortName) {
- int i;
-
- i = con->numExecs - 1;
- if (longName) {
- while (i >= 0 && (!con->execs[i].longName ||
- strcmp(con->execs[i].longName, longName))) i--;
- } else {
- while (i >= 0 &&
- con->execs[i].shortName != shortName) i--;
- }
-
- if (i < 0) return 0;
-
- if (con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC)
- return 1;
-
- if (con->doExec == NULL) {
- con->doExec = con->execs + i;
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* We already have an exec to do; remember this option for next
- time 'round */
- if ((con->finalArgvCount + 1) >= (con->finalArgvAlloced)) {
- con->finalArgvAlloced += 10;
- con->finalArgv = realloc(con->finalArgv,
- sizeof(*con->finalArgv) * con->finalArgvAlloced);
- }
-
- i = con->finalArgvCount++;
- { char *s = malloc((longName ? strlen(longName) : 0) + 3);
- if (longName)
- sprintf(s, "--%s", longName);
- else
- sprintf(s, "-%c", shortName);
- con->finalArgv[i] = s;
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Only one of longName, shortName may be set at a time */
-static int handleAlias(poptContext con, const char * longName, char shortName,
- /*@keep@*/ const char * nextCharArg) {
- int i;
-
- if (con->os->currAlias && con->os->currAlias->longName && longName &&
- !strcmp(con->os->currAlias->longName, longName))
- return 0;
- if (con->os->currAlias && shortName &&
- shortName == con->os->currAlias->shortName)
- return 0;
-
- i = con->numAliases - 1;
- if (longName) {
- while (i >= 0 && (!con->aliases[i].longName ||
- strcmp(con->aliases[i].longName, longName))) i--;
- } else {
- while (i >= 0 &&
- con->aliases[i].shortName != shortName) i--;
- }
-
- if (i < 0) return 0;
-
- if ((con->os - con->optionStack + 1) == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH)
- return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP;
-
- if (nextCharArg && *nextCharArg)
- con->os->nextCharArg = nextCharArg;
-
- con->os++;
- con->os->next = 0;
- con->os->stuffed = 0;
- con->os->nextArg = NULL;
- con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
- con->os->currAlias = con->aliases + i;
- poptDupArgv(con->os->currAlias->argc, con->os->currAlias->argv,
- &con->os->argc, &con->os->argv);
- con->os->argb = NULL;
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-static void execCommand(poptContext con) {
- const char ** argv;
- int pos = 0;
- const char * script = con->doExec->script;
-
- argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) *
- (6 + con->numLeftovers + con->finalArgvCount));
-
- if (!con->execAbsolute && strchr(script, '/')) return;
-
- if (!strchr(script, '/') && con->execPath) {
- char *s = alloca(strlen(con->execPath) + strlen(script) + 2);
- sprintf(s, "%s/%s", con->execPath, script);
- argv[pos] = s;
- } else {
- argv[pos] = script;
- }
- pos++;
-
- argv[pos] = findProgramPath(con->os->argv[0]);
- if (argv[pos]) pos++;
- argv[pos++] = ";";
-
- memcpy(argv + pos, con->finalArgv, sizeof(*argv) * con->finalArgvCount);
- pos += con->finalArgvCount;
-
- if (con->numLeftovers) {
- argv[pos++] = "--";
- memcpy(argv + pos, con->leftovers, sizeof(*argv) * con->numLeftovers);
- pos += con->numLeftovers;
- }
-
- argv[pos++] = NULL;
-
-#ifdef __hpux
- setresuid(getuid(), getuid(),-1);
-#else
-/*
- * XXX " ... on BSD systems setuid() should be preferred over setreuid()"
- * XXX sez' Timur Bakeyev <mc@bat.ru>
- * XXX from Norbert Warmuth <nwarmuth@privat.circular.de>
- */
-#if defined(HAVE_SETUID)
- setuid(getuid());
-#elif defined (HAVE_SETREUID)
- setreuid(getuid(), getuid()); /*hlauer: not portable to hpux9.01 */
-#else
- ; /* Can't drop privileges */
-#endif
-#endif
-
- execvp(argv[0], (char *const *)argv);
-}
-
-/*@observer@*/ static const struct poptOption *
-findOption(const struct poptOption * table, const char * longName,
- char shortName,
- /*@out@*/ poptCallbackType * callback, /*@out@*/ const void ** callbackData,
- int singleDash)
-{
- const struct poptOption * opt = table;
- const struct poptOption * opt2;
- const struct poptOption * cb = NULL;
-
- /* This happens when a single - is given */
- if (singleDash && !shortName && !*longName)
- shortName = '-';
-
- while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
- if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
- opt2 = findOption(opt->arg, longName, shortName, callback,
- callbackData, singleDash);
- if (opt2) {
- if (*callback && !*callbackData)
- *callbackData = opt->descrip;
- return opt2;
- }
- } else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_CALLBACK) {
- cb = opt;
- } else if (longName && opt->longName &&
- (!singleDash || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) &&
- !strcmp(longName, opt->longName)) {
- break;
- } else if (shortName && shortName == opt->shortName) {
- break;
- }
- opt++;
- }
-
- if (!opt->longName && !opt->shortName) return NULL;
- *callbackData = NULL;
- *callback = NULL;
- if (cb) {
- *callback = (poptCallbackType)cb->arg;
- if (!(cb->argInfo & POPT_CBFLAG_INC_DATA))
- *callbackData = cb->descrip;
- }
-
- return opt;
-}
-
-static const char *findNextArg(poptContext con, unsigned argx, int delete)
-{
- struct optionStackEntry * os = con->os;
- const char * arg;
-
- do {
- int i;
- arg = NULL;
- while (os->next == os->argc && os > con->optionStack) os--;
- if (os->next == os->argc && os == con->optionStack) break;
- for (i = os->next; i < os->argc; i++) {
- if (os->argb && PBM_ISSET(i, os->argb)) continue;
- if (*os->argv[i] == '-') continue;
- if (--argx > 0) continue;
- arg = os->argv[i];
- if (delete) {
- if (os->argb == NULL) os->argb = PBM_ALLOC(os->argc);
- PBM_SET(i, os->argb);
- }
- break;
- }
- if (os > con->optionStack) os--;
- } while (arg == NULL);
- return arg;
-}
-
-static /*@only@*/ const char * expandNextArg(poptContext con, const char * s)
-{
- const char *a;
- size_t alen;
- char *t, *te;
- size_t tn = strlen(s) + 1;
- char c;
-
- te = t = malloc(tn);;
- while ((c = *s++) != '\0') {
- switch (c) {
- case '\\': /* escape */
- c = *s++;
- break;
- case '!':
- if (!(s[0] == '#' && s[1] == ':' && s[2] == '+'))
- break;
- if ((a = findNextArg(con, 1, 1)) == NULL)
- break;
- s += 3;
-
- alen = strlen(a);
- tn += alen;
- *te = '\0';
- t = realloc(t, tn);
- te = t + strlen(t);
- strncpy(te, a, alen); te += alen;
- continue;
- /*@notreached@*/ break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- *te++ = c;
- }
- *te = '\0';
- t = realloc(t, strlen(t)); /* XXX memory leak, hard to plug */
- return t;
-}
-
-/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */
-int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
-{
- const struct poptOption * opt = NULL;
- int done = 0;
-
- while (!done) {
- const char * origOptString = NULL;
- poptCallbackType cb = NULL;
- const void * cbData = NULL;
- const char * longArg = NULL;
-
- while (!con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->next == con->os->argc
- && con->os > con->optionStack) {
- cleanOSE(con->os--);
- }
- if (!con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->next == con->os->argc) {
- invokeCallbacks(con, con->options, 1);
- if (con->doExec) execCommand(con);
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* Process next long option */
- if (!con->os->nextCharArg) {
- char * localOptString, * optString;
-
- if (con->os->argb && PBM_ISSET(con->os->next, con->os->argb)) {
- con->os->next++;
- continue;
- }
- origOptString = con->os->argv[con->os->next++];
-
- if (con->restLeftover || *origOptString != '-') {
- con->leftovers[con->numLeftovers++] = origOptString;
- if (con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER)
- con->restLeftover = 1;
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Make a copy we can hack at */
- localOptString = optString =
- strcpy(alloca(strlen(origOptString) + 1),
- origOptString);
-
- if (!optString[0])
- return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
-
- if (optString[1] == '-' && !optString[2]) {
- con->restLeftover = 1;
- continue;
- } else {
- char *oe;
- int singleDash;
-
- optString++;
- if (*optString == '-')
- singleDash = 0, optString++;
- else
- singleDash = 1;
-
- /* XXX aliases with arg substitution need "--alias=arg" */
- if (handleAlias(con, optString, '\0', NULL))
- continue;
- if (handleExec(con, optString, '\0'))
- continue;
-
- /* Check for "--long=arg" option. */
- for (oe = optString; *oe && *oe != '='; oe++)
- ;
- if (*oe == '=') {
- *oe++ = '\0';
- /* XXX longArg is mapped back to persistent storage. */
- longArg = origOptString + (oe - localOptString);
- }
-
- opt = findOption(con->options, optString, '\0', &cb, &cbData,
- singleDash);
- if (!opt && !singleDash)
- return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
- }
-
- if (!opt)
- con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString + 1;
- }
-
- /* Process next short option */
- if (con->os->nextCharArg) {
- origOptString = con->os->nextCharArg;
-
- con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
-
- if (handleAlias(con, NULL, *origOptString,
- origOptString + 1)) {
- origOptString++;
- continue;
- }
- if (handleExec(con, NULL, *origOptString))
- continue;
-
- opt = findOption(con->options, NULL, *origOptString, &cb,
- &cbData, 0);
- if (!opt)
- return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
-
- origOptString++;
- if (*origOptString)
- con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString;
- }
-
- if (opt->arg && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_NONE) {
- *((int *)opt->arg) = 1;
- } else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_VAL) {
- if (opt->arg)
- *((int *) opt->arg) = opt->val;
- } else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_NONE) {
- if (con->os->nextArg) {
- xfree(con->os->nextArg);
- con->os->nextArg = NULL;
- }
- if (longArg) {
- con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, longArg);
- } else if (con->os->nextCharArg) {
- con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->nextCharArg);
- con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
- } else {
- while (con->os->next == con->os->argc &&
- con->os > con->optionStack) {
- cleanOSE(con->os--);
- }
- if (con->os->next == con->os->argc)
- return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
-
- con->os->nextArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->argv[con->os->next++]);
- }
-
- if (opt->arg) {
- long aLong;
- char *end;
-
- switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
- case POPT_ARG_STRING:
- /* XXX memory leak, hard to plug */
- *((const char **) opt->arg) = xstrdup(con->os->nextArg);
- break;
-
- case POPT_ARG_INT:
- case POPT_ARG_LONG:
- aLong = strtol(con->os->nextArg, &end, 0);
- if (!(end && *end == '\0'))
- return POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER;
-
- if (aLong == LONG_MIN || aLong == LONG_MAX)
- return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
- if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_LONG) {
- *((long *) opt->arg) = aLong;
- } else {
- if (aLong > INT_MAX || aLong < INT_MIN)
- return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;
- *((int *) opt->arg) = aLong;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- fprintf(stdout, POPT_("option type (%d) not implemented in popt\n"),
- opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK);
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (cb)
- cb(con, POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION, opt, con->os->nextArg, cbData);
- else if (opt->val && ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_VAL))
- done = 1;
-
- if ((con->finalArgvCount + 2) >= (con->finalArgvAlloced)) {
- con->finalArgvAlloced += 10;
- con->finalArgv = realloc(con->finalArgv,
- sizeof(*con->finalArgv) * con->finalArgvAlloced);
- }
-
- { char *s = malloc((opt->longName ? strlen(opt->longName) : 0) + 3);
- if (opt->longName)
- sprintf(s, "--%s", opt->longName);
- else
- sprintf(s, "-%c", opt->shortName);
- con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = s;
- }
-
- if (opt->arg && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_NONE
- && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_VAL) {
- con->finalArgv[con->finalArgvCount++] = xstrdup(con->os->nextArg);
- }
- }
-
- return opt->val;
-}
-
-const char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con) {
- const char * ret = con->os->nextArg;
- con->os->nextArg = NULL;
- return ret;
-}
-
-const char * poptGetArg(poptContext con) {
- if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL;
- return con->leftovers[con->nextLeftover++];
-}
-
-const char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con) {
- if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL;
- return con->leftovers[con->nextLeftover];
-}
-
-const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con) {
- if (con->numLeftovers == con->nextLeftover) return NULL;
-
- /* some apps like [like RPM ;-) ] need this NULL terminated */
- con->leftovers[con->numLeftovers] = NULL;
-
- return (con->leftovers + con->nextLeftover);
-}
-
-void poptFreeContext(poptContext con) {
- int i;
-
- poptResetContext(con);
- if (con->os->argb) free(con->os->argb);
-
- for (i = 0; i < con->numAliases; i++) {
- if (con->aliases[i].longName) xfree(con->aliases[i].longName);
- free(con->aliases[i].argv);
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < con->numExecs; i++) {
- if (con->execs[i].longName) xfree(con->execs[i].longName);
- xfree(con->execs[i].script);
- }
- if (con->execs) xfree(con->execs);
-
- free(con->leftovers);
- free(con->finalArgv);
- if (con->appName) xfree(con->appName);
- if (con->aliases) free(con->aliases);
- if (con->otherHelp) xfree(con->otherHelp);
- if (con->execPath) xfree(con->execPath);
- free(con);
-}
-
-int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias newAlias,
- /*@unused@*/ int flags)
-{
- int aliasNum = con->numAliases++;
- struct poptAlias * alias;
-
- /* SunOS won't realloc(NULL, ...) */
- if (!con->aliases)
- con->aliases = malloc(sizeof(newAlias) * con->numAliases);
- else
- con->aliases = realloc(con->aliases,
- sizeof(newAlias) * con->numAliases);
- alias = con->aliases + aliasNum;
-
- alias->longName = (newAlias.longName)
- ? strcpy(malloc(strlen(newAlias.longName) + 1), newAlias.longName)
- : NULL;
- alias->shortName = newAlias.shortName;
- alias->argc = newAlias.argc;
- alias->argv = newAlias.argv;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-const char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags) {
- struct optionStackEntry * os;
-
- if (flags & POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS)
- os = con->optionStack;
- else
- os = con->os;
-
- return os->argv[os->next - 1];
-}
-
-#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG -10
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT -11
-#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP -13
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE -15 /* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO -16 /* only from poptParseArgString() */
-
-const char *const poptStrerror(const int error) {
- switch (error) {
- case POPT_ERROR_NOARG:
- return POPT_("missing argument");
- case POPT_ERROR_BADOPT:
- return POPT_("unknown option");
- case POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP:
- return POPT_("aliases nested too deeply");
- case POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE:
- return POPT_("error in paramter quoting");
- case POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER:
- return POPT_("invalid numeric value");
- case POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW:
- return POPT_("number too large or too small");
- case POPT_ERROR_ERRNO:
- return strerror(errno);
- default:
- return POPT_("unknown error");
- }
-}
-
-int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, const char ** argv) {
- int argc;
-
- if ((con->os - con->optionStack) == POPT_OPTION_DEPTH)
- return POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP;
-
- for (argc = 0; argv[argc]; argc++)
- ;
-
- con->os++;
- con->os->next = 0;
- con->os->nextArg = NULL;
- con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
- con->os->currAlias = NULL;
- poptDupArgv(argc, argv, &con->os->argc, &con->os->argv);
- con->os->argb = NULL;
- con->os->stuffed = 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con) {
- return con->os->argv[0];
-}
diff --git a/support/poptconfig.c b/support/poptconfig.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a1a4c2b..00000000
--- a/support/poptconfig.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
- file accompanying popt source distributions, available from
- ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#include "system.h"
-#include "poptint.h"
-
-static void configLine(poptContext con, char * line) {
- int nameLength = strlen(con->appName);
- char * opt;
- struct poptAlias alias;
- char * entryType;
- char * longName = NULL;
- char shortName = '\0';
-
- if (strncmp(line, con->appName, nameLength)) return;
- line += nameLength;
- if (!*line || !isspace(*line)) return;
- while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
- entryType = line;
-
- while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++;
- *line++ = '\0';
- while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
- if (!*line) return;
- opt = line;
-
- while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++;
- *line++ = '\0';
- while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
- if (!*line) return;
-
- if (opt[0] == '-' && opt[1] == '-')
- longName = opt + 2;
- else if (opt[0] == '-' && !opt[2])
- shortName = opt[1];
-
- if (!strcmp(entryType, "alias")) {
- if (poptParseArgvString(line, &alias.argc, &alias.argv)) return;
- alias.longName = longName, alias.shortName = shortName;
- poptAddAlias(con, alias, 0);
- } else if (!strcmp(entryType, "exec")) {
- con->execs = realloc(con->execs,
- sizeof(*con->execs) * (con->numExecs + 1));
- if (longName)
- con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = xstrdup(longName);
- else
- con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = NULL;
-
- con->execs[con->numExecs].shortName = shortName;
- con->execs[con->numExecs].script = xstrdup(line);
-
- con->numExecs++;
- }
-}
-
-int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn) {
- char * file, * chptr, * end;
- char * buf, * dst;
- int fd, rc;
- int fileLength;
-
- fd = open(fn, O_RDONLY);
- if (fd < 0) {
- if (errno == ENOENT)
- return 0;
- else
- return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
- }
-
- fileLength = lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_END);
- (void) lseek(fd, 0, 0);
-
- file = alloca(fileLength + 1);
- if (read(fd, file, fileLength) != fileLength) {
- rc = errno;
- close(fd);
- errno = rc;
- return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
- }
- close(fd);
-
- dst = buf = alloca(fileLength + 1);
-
- chptr = file;
- end = (file + fileLength);
- while (chptr < end) {
- switch (*chptr) {
- case '\n':
- *dst = '\0';
- dst = buf;
- while (*dst && isspace(*dst)) dst++;
- if (*dst && *dst != '#') {
- configLine(con, dst);
- }
- chptr++;
- break;
- case '\\':
- *dst++ = *chptr++;
- if (chptr < end) {
- if (*chptr == '\n')
- dst--, chptr++;
- /* \ at the end of a line does not insert a \n */
- else
- *dst++ = *chptr++;
- }
- break;
- default:
- *dst++ = *chptr++;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ int useEnv) {
- char * fn, * home;
- int rc;
-
- if (!con->appName) return 0;
-
- rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, "/etc/popt");
- if (rc) return rc;
- if (getuid() != geteuid()) return 0;
-
- if ((home = getenv("HOME"))) {
- fn = alloca(strlen(home) + 20);
- strcpy(fn, home);
- strcat(fn, "/.popt");
- rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, fn);
- if (rc) return rc;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
diff --git a/support/popthelp.c b/support/popthelp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c36ecead..00000000
--- a/support/popthelp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: t; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
-
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
- file accompanying popt source distributions, available from
- ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#include "system.h"
-#include "poptint.h"
-
-static void displayArgs(poptContext con,
- /*@unused@*/ enum poptCallbackReason foo,
- struct poptOption * key,
- /*@unused@*/ const char * arg, /*@unused@*/ void * data) {
- if (key->shortName== '?')
- poptPrintHelp(con, stdout, 0);
- else
- poptPrintUsage(con, stdout, 0);
- exit(0);
-}
-
-struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[] = {
- { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_CALLBACK, (void *)&displayArgs, '\0', NULL, NULL },
- { "help", '?', 0, NULL, '?', N_("Show this help message"), NULL },
- { "usage", '\0', 0, NULL, 'u', N_("Display brief usage message"), NULL },
- { NULL, '\0', 0, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL }
-} ;
-
-
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const
-getTableTranslationDomain(const struct poptOption *table)
-{
- const struct poptOption *opt;
-
- for(opt = table;
- opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg;
- opt++) {
- if(opt->argInfo == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN)
- return opt->arg;
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const
-getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt, const char *translation_domain)
-{
- if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) return NULL;
-
- if (opt == (poptHelpOptions + 1) || opt == (poptHelpOptions + 2))
- if (opt->argDescrip) return POPT_(opt->argDescrip);
-
- if (opt->argDescrip) return D_(translation_domain, opt->argDescrip);
- return POPT_("ARG");
-}
-
-static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * f, int maxLeftCol,
- const struct poptOption * opt,
- const char *translation_domain) {
- int indentLength = maxLeftCol + 5;
- int lineLength = 79 - indentLength;
- const char * help = D_(translation_domain, opt->descrip);
- int helpLength;
- const char * ch;
- char format[10];
- char * left;
- const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
-
- left = malloc(maxLeftCol + 1);
- *left = '\0';
-
- if (opt->longName && opt->shortName)
- sprintf(left, "-%c, --%s", opt->shortName, opt->longName);
- else if (opt->shortName)
- sprintf(left, "-%c", opt->shortName);
- else if (opt->longName)
- sprintf(left, "--%s", opt->longName);
- if (!*left) return ;
- if (argDescrip) {
- strcat(left, "=");
- strcat(left, argDescrip);
- }
-
- if (help)
- fprintf(f," %-*s ", maxLeftCol, left);
- else {
- fprintf(f," %s\n", left);
- goto out;
- }
-
- helpLength = strlen(help);
- while (helpLength > lineLength) {
- ch = help + lineLength - 1;
- while (ch > help && !isspace(*ch)) ch--;
- if (ch == help) break; /* give up */
- while (ch > (help + 1) && isspace(*ch)) ch--;
- ch++;
-
- sprintf(format, "%%.%ds\n%%%ds", (int) (ch - help), indentLength);
- fprintf(f, format, help, " ");
- help = ch;
- while (isspace(*help) && *help) help++;
- helpLength = strlen(help);
- }
-
- if (helpLength) fprintf(f, "%s\n", help);
-
-out:
- free(left);
-}
-
-static int maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
- const char * translation_domain) {
- int max = 0;
- int this;
- const char * s;
-
- while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
- if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
- this = maxArgWidth(opt->arg, translation_domain);
- if (this > max) max = this;
- } else if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) {
- this = opt->shortName ? 2 : 0;
- if (opt->longName) {
- if (this) this += 2;
- this += strlen(opt->longName) + 2;
- }
-
- s = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
- if (s)
- this += strlen(s) + 1;
- if (this > max) max = this;
- }
-
- opt++;
- }
-
- return max;
-}
-
-static void singleTableHelp(FILE * f, const struct poptOption * table,
- int left,
- const char *translation_domain) {
- const struct poptOption * opt;
- const char *sub_transdom;
-
- opt = table;
- while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
- if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) &&
- !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN))
- singleOptionHelp(f, left, opt, translation_domain);
- opt++;
- }
-
- opt = table;
- while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
- if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
- sub_transdom = getTableTranslationDomain(opt->arg);
- if(!sub_transdom)
- sub_transdom = translation_domain;
-
- if (opt->descrip)
- fprintf(f, "\n%s\n", D_(sub_transdom, opt->descrip));
-
- singleTableHelp(f, opt->arg, left, sub_transdom);
- }
- opt++;
- }
-}
-
-static int showHelpIntro(poptContext con, FILE * f) {
- int len = 6;
- const char * fn;
-
- fprintf(f, POPT_("Usage:"));
- if (!(con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST)) {
- fn = con->optionStack->argv[0];
- if (strchr(fn, '/')) fn = strchr(fn, '/') + 1;
- fprintf(f, " %s", fn);
- len += strlen(fn) + 1;
- }
-
- return len;
-}
-
-void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * f, /*@unused@*/ int flags) {
- int leftColWidth;
-
- showHelpIntro(con, f);
- if (con->otherHelp)
- fprintf(f, " %s\n", con->otherHelp);
- else
- fprintf(f, " %s\n", POPT_("[OPTION...]"));
-
- leftColWidth = maxArgWidth(con->options, NULL);
- singleTableHelp(f, con->options, leftColWidth, NULL);
-}
-
-static int singleOptionUsage(FILE * f, int cursor,
- const struct poptOption * opt,
- const char *translation_domain) {
- int len = 3;
- char shortStr[2] = { '\0', '\0' };
- const char * item = shortStr;
- const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
-
- if (opt->shortName) {
- if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK))
- return cursor; /* we did these already */
- len++;
- *shortStr = opt->shortName;
- shortStr[1] = '\0';
- } else if (opt->longName) {
- len += 1 + strlen(opt->longName);
- item = opt->longName;
- }
-
- if (len == 3) return cursor;
-
- if (argDescrip)
- len += strlen(argDescrip) + 1;
-
- if ((cursor + len) > 79) {
- fprintf(f, "\n ");
- cursor = 7;
- }
-
- fprintf(f, " [-%s%s%s%s]", opt->shortName ? "" : "-", item,
- argDescrip ? (opt->shortName ? " " : "=") : "",
- argDescrip ? argDescrip : "");
-
- return cursor + len + 1;
-}
-
-static int singleTableUsage(FILE * f, int cursor, const struct poptOption * table,
- const char *translation_domain) {
- const struct poptOption * opt;
-
- opt = table;
- while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
- if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN)
- translation_domain = (const char *)opt->arg;
- else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE)
- cursor = singleTableUsage(f, cursor, opt->arg,
- translation_domain);
- else if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) &&
- !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN))
- cursor = singleOptionUsage(f, cursor, opt, translation_domain);
-
- opt++;
- }
-
- return cursor;
-}
-
-static int showShortOptions(const struct poptOption * opt, FILE * f,
- char * str) {
- char s[300]; /* this is larger then the ascii set, so
- it should do just fine */
-
- s[0] = '\0';
- if (str == NULL) {
- memset(s, 0, sizeof(s));
- str = s;
- }
-
- while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
- if (opt->shortName && !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK))
- str[strlen(str)] = opt->shortName;
- else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE)
- showShortOptions(opt->arg, f, str);
-
- opt++;
- }
-
- if (s != str || !*s)
- return 0;
-
- fprintf(f, " [-%s]", s);
- return strlen(s) + 4;
-}
-
-void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * f, /*@unused@*/ int flags) {
- int cursor;
-
- cursor = showHelpIntro(con, f);
- cursor += showShortOptions(con->options, f, NULL);
- singleTableUsage(f, cursor, con->options, NULL);
-
- if (con->otherHelp) {
- cursor += strlen(con->otherHelp) + 1;
- if (cursor > 79) fprintf(f, "\n ");
- fprintf(f, " %s", con->otherHelp);
- }
-
- fprintf(f, "\n");
-}
-
-void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text) {
- if (con->otherHelp) xfree(con->otherHelp);
- con->otherHelp = xstrdup(text);
-}
diff --git a/support/poptint.h b/support/poptint.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 16880954..00000000
--- a/support/poptint.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
- file accompanying popt source distributions, available from
- ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#ifndef H_POPTINT
-#define H_POPTINT
-
-/* Bit mask macros. */
-typedef unsigned int __pbm_bits;
-#define __PBM_NBITS (8 * sizeof (__pbm_bits))
-#define __PBM_IX(d) ((d) / __PBM_NBITS)
-#define __PBM_MASK(d) ((__pbm_bits) 1 << ((d) % __PBM_NBITS))
-typedef struct {
- __pbm_bits bits[1];
-} pbm_set;
-#define __PBM_BITS(set) ((set)->bits)
-
-#define PBM_ALLOC(d) calloc(__PBM_IX (d) + 1, sizeof(__pbm_bits))
-#define PBM_FREE(s) free(s);
-#define PBM_SET(d, s) (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] |= __PBM_MASK (d))
-#define PBM_CLR(d, s) (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] &= ~__PBM_MASK (d))
-#define PBM_ISSET(d, s) ((__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] & __PBM_MASK (d)) != 0)
-
-struct optionStackEntry {
- int argc;
- /*@only@*/ const char ** argv;
- /*@only@*/ pbm_set * argb;
- int next;
- /*@only@*/ const char * nextArg;
- /*@keep@*/ const char * nextCharArg;
- /*@dependent@*/ struct poptAlias * currAlias;
- int stuffed;
-};
-
-struct execEntry {
- const char * longName;
- char shortName;
- const char * script;
-};
-
-struct poptContext_s {
- struct optionStackEntry optionStack[POPT_OPTION_DEPTH];
- /*@dependent@*/ struct optionStackEntry * os;
- /*@owned@*/ const char ** leftovers;
- int numLeftovers;
- int nextLeftover;
- /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options;
- int restLeftover;
- /*@only@*/ const char * appName;
- /*@only@*/ struct poptAlias * aliases;
- int numAliases;
- int flags;
- struct execEntry * execs;
- int numExecs;
- /*@only@*/ const char ** finalArgv;
- int finalArgvCount;
- int finalArgvAlloced;
- /*@dependent@*/ struct execEntry * doExec;
- /*@only@*/ const char * execPath;
- int execAbsolute;
- /*@only@*/ const char * otherHelp;
-};
-
-#define xfree(_a) free((void *)_a)
-
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-#include <libintl.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HAVE_GETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
-#define _(foo) gettext(foo)
-#else
-#define _(foo) (foo)
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HAVE_DGETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
-#define D_(dom, str) dgettext(dom, str)
-#define POPT_(foo) D_("popt", foo)
-#else
-#define POPT_(foo) (foo)
-#define D_(dom, str) (str)
-#endif
-
-#define N_(foo) (foo)
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/poptparse.c b/support/poptparse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 65c948b6..00000000
--- a/support/poptparse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
- file accompanying popt source distributions, available from
- ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
-
-#include "system.h"
-#include "poptint.h"
-
-#define POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA 5
-
-int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
- int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
-{
- size_t nb = (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv);
- const char ** argv2;
- char * dst;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
- if (argv[i] == NULL)
- return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
- nb += strlen(argv[i]) + 1;
- }
-
- dst = malloc(nb);
- argv2 = (void *) dst;
- dst += (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv);
-
- for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
- argv2[i] = dst;
- dst += strlen(strcpy(dst, argv[i])) + 1;
- }
- argv2[argc] = NULL;
-
- *argvPtr = argv2;
- *argcPtr = argc;
- return 0;
-}
-
-int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
-{
- const char * src;
- char quote = '\0';
- int argvAlloced = POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA;
- const char ** argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
- int argc = 0;
- int buflen = strlen(s) + 1;
- char * buf = memset(alloca(buflen), 0, buflen);
-
- argv[argc] = buf;
-
- for (src = s; *src; src++) {
- if (quote == *src) {
- quote = '\0';
- } else if (quote) {
- if (*src == '\\') {
- src++;
- if (!*src) {
- free(argv);
- return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
- }
- if (*src != quote) *buf++ = '\\';
- }
- *buf++ = *src;
- } else if (isspace(*src)) {
- if (*argv[argc]) {
- buf++, argc++;
- if (argc == argvAlloced) {
- argvAlloced += POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA;
- argv = realloc(argv, sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
- }
- argv[argc] = buf;
- }
- } else switch (*src) {
- case '"':
- case '\'':
- quote = *src;
- break;
- case '\\':
- src++;
- if (!*src) {
- free(argv);
- return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
- }
- /*@fallthrough@*/
- default:
- *buf++ = *src;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (strlen(argv[argc])) {
- argc++, buf++;
- }
-
-#if 0
- { char * dst = malloc((argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv) + (buf - argv[0]));
- const char ** argv2 = (void *) dst;
- int i;
-
- dst += (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv);
- memcpy(argv2, argv, argc * sizeof(*argv));
- argv2[argc] = NULL;
- memcpy(dst, argv[0], buf - argv[0]);
-
- for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
- argv2[i] = dst + (argv[i] - argv[0]);
-
- *argvPtr = argv2;
- *argcPtr = argc;
- }
-#else
- (void) poptDupArgv(argc, argv, argcPtr, argvPtr);
-#endif
-
- free(argv);
-
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/support/scandir.c b/support/scandir.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b45e376..00000000
--- a/support/scandir.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
-# include <dirent.h>
-# define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)
-#else
-# define dirent direct
-# define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen
-# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
-# include <sys/ndir.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
-# include <sys/dir.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_NDIR_H
-# include <ndir.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-#endif
-
-#define set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
-
-int
-scandir (dir, namelist, select, cmp)
- const char *dir;
- struct dirent ***namelist;
- int (*select) PARAMS ((struct dirent *));
- int (*cmp) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
-{
- DIR *dp = opendir (dir);
- struct dirent **v = NULL;
- size_t vsize = 0, i;
- struct dirent *d;
- int save;
-
- if (dp == NULL)
- return -1;
-
- save = errno;
- set_errno (0);
-
- i = 0;
- while ((d = readdir (dp)) != NULL)
- if (select == NULL || (*select) (d))
- {
- size_t dsize;
-
- /* Ignore errors from select or readdir */
- set_errno (0);
-
- if (i == vsize)
- {
- struct dirent **new;
- if (vsize == 0)
- vsize = 10;
- else
- vsize *= 2;
- new = (struct dirent **) realloc (v, vsize * sizeof (*v));
- if (new == NULL)
- {
- lose:
- set_errno (ENOMEM);
- break;
- }
- v = new;
- }
-
- dsize = &d->d_name[1 + NAMLEN (d)] - (char *) d;
- v[i] = (struct dirent *) malloc (dsize);
- if (v[i] == NULL)
- goto lose;
-
- memcpy (v[i++], d, dsize);
- }
-
- if (errno != 0)
- {
- save = errno;
- (void) closedir (dp);
- while (i > 0)
- free (v[--i]);
- free (v);
- set_errno (save);
- return -1;
- }
-
- (void) closedir (dp);
- set_errno (save);
-
- /* Sort the list if we have a comparison function to sort with. */
- if (cmp != NULL)
- qsort (v, i, sizeof (*v), cmp);
- *namelist = v;
- return i;
-}
-
-int
-alphasort (const void *a, const void *b)
-{
- return strcmp ((*(const struct dirent **) a)->d_name,
- (*(const struct dirent **) b)->d_name);
-}
diff --git a/support/strcasecmp.c b/support/strcasecmp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4640372e..00000000
--- a/support/strcasecmp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifndef weak_alias
-# define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
-# define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch)
-#else
-# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
-# define __strcasecmp __strcasecmp_l
-# define TOLOWER(Ch) __tolower_l ((Ch), loc)
-# else
-# define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
-# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
-# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc;
-#else
-# define LOCALE_PARAM
-# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
-#endif
-
-/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
- greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than,
- equal to or greater than S2. */
-int
-__strcasecmp (s1, s2 LOCALE_PARAM)
- const char *s1;
- const char *s2;
- LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
-{
- const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
- const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
- unsigned char c1, c2;
-
- if (p1 == p2)
- return 0;
-
- do
- {
- c1 = TOLOWER (*p1++);
- c2 = TOLOWER (*p2++);
- if (c1 == '\0')
- break;
- }
- while (c1 == c2);
-
- return c1 - c2;
-}
-#ifndef __strcasecmp
-weak_alias (__strcasecmp, strcasecmp)
-#endif
diff --git a/support/strerror.c b/support/strerror.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f8fff572..00000000
--- a/support/strerror.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,837 +0,0 @@
-/* Extended support for using errno values.
- Written by Fred Fish. fnf@cygnus.com
- This file is in the public domain. --Per Bothner. */
-
-#include "config.h"
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-/* Note that errno.h (not sure what OS) or stdio.h (BSD 4.4, at least)
- might declare sys_errlist in a way that the compiler might consider
- incompatible with our later declaration, perhaps by using const
- attributes. So we hide the declaration in errno.h (if any) using a
- macro. */
-#define sys_errlist sys_errlist__
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-#undef sys_errlist
-#endif
-
-/* Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */
-
-#ifdef __STDC__
-#include <stddef.h>
-extern void *malloc (size_t size); /* 4.10.3.3 */
-extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n); /* 4.11.6.1 */
-#else /* !__STDC__ */
-extern char *malloc (); /* Standard memory allocater */
-extern char *memset ();
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#ifndef MAX
-# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
-#endif
-
-static void init_error_tables PARAMS ((void));
-
-/* Translation table for errno values. See intro(2) in most UNIX systems
- Programmers Reference Manuals.
-
- Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime
- to initialize errno name and message tables that are indexed by errno
- value.
-
- Not all of these errnos will exist on all systems. This table is the only
- thing that should have to be updated as new error numbers are introduced.
- It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */
-
-struct error_info
-{
- int value; /* The numeric value from <errno.h> */
- const char *name; /* The equivalent symbolic value */
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
- const char *msg; /* Short message about this value */
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name, msg}
-#else
-# define ENTRY(value, name, msg) {value, name}
-#endif
-
-static const struct error_info error_table[] =
-{
-#if defined (EPERM)
- ENTRY(EPERM, "EPERM", "Not owner"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOENT)
- ENTRY(ENOENT, "ENOENT", "No such file or directory"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESRCH)
- ENTRY(ESRCH, "ESRCH", "No such process"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EINTR)
- ENTRY(EINTR, "EINTR", "Interrupted system call"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EIO)
- ENTRY(EIO, "EIO", "I/O error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENXIO)
- ENTRY(ENXIO, "ENXIO", "No such device or address"),
-#endif
-#if defined (E2BIG)
- ENTRY(E2BIG, "E2BIG", "Arg list too long"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOEXEC)
- ENTRY(ENOEXEC, "ENOEXEC", "Exec format error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADF)
- ENTRY(EBADF, "EBADF", "Bad file number"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECHILD)
- ENTRY(ECHILD, "ECHILD", "No child processes"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK) /* Put before EAGAIN, sometimes aliased */
- ENTRY(EWOULDBLOCK, "EWOULDBLOCK", "Operation would block"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EAGAIN)
- ENTRY(EAGAIN, "EAGAIN", "No more processes"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOMEM)
- ENTRY(ENOMEM, "ENOMEM", "Not enough space"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EACCES)
- ENTRY(EACCES, "EACCES", "Permission denied"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EFAULT)
- ENTRY(EFAULT, "EFAULT", "Bad address"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTBLK)
- ENTRY(ENOTBLK, "ENOTBLK", "Block device required"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBUSY)
- ENTRY(EBUSY, "EBUSY", "Device busy"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EEXIST)
- ENTRY(EEXIST, "EEXIST", "File exists"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EXDEV)
- ENTRY(EXDEV, "EXDEV", "Cross-device link"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENODEV)
- ENTRY(ENODEV, "ENODEV", "No such device"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTDIR)
- ENTRY(ENOTDIR, "ENOTDIR", "Not a directory"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EISDIR)
- ENTRY(EISDIR, "EISDIR", "Is a directory"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EINVAL)
- ENTRY(EINVAL, "EINVAL", "Invalid argument"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENFILE)
- ENTRY(ENFILE, "ENFILE", "File table overflow"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMFILE)
- ENTRY(EMFILE, "EMFILE", "Too many open files"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTTY)
- ENTRY(ENOTTY, "ENOTTY", "Not a typewriter"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETXTBSY)
- ENTRY(ETXTBSY, "ETXTBSY", "Text file busy"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EFBIG)
- ENTRY(EFBIG, "EFBIG", "File too large"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSPC)
- ENTRY(ENOSPC, "ENOSPC", "No space left on device"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESPIPE)
- ENTRY(ESPIPE, "ESPIPE", "Illegal seek"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EROFS)
- ENTRY(EROFS, "EROFS", "Read-only file system"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMLINK)
- ENTRY(EMLINK, "EMLINK", "Too many links"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPIPE)
- ENTRY(EPIPE, "EPIPE", "Broken pipe"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDOM)
- ENTRY(EDOM, "EDOM", "Math argument out of domain of func"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ERANGE)
- ENTRY(ERANGE, "ERANGE", "Math result not representable"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOMSG)
- ENTRY(ENOMSG, "ENOMSG", "No message of desired type"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EIDRM)
- ENTRY(EIDRM, "EIDRM", "Identifier removed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECHRNG)
- ENTRY(ECHRNG, "ECHRNG", "Channel number out of range"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL2NSYNC)
- ENTRY(EL2NSYNC, "EL2NSYNC", "Level 2 not synchronized"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL3HLT)
- ENTRY(EL3HLT, "EL3HLT", "Level 3 halted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL3RST)
- ENTRY(EL3RST, "EL3RST", "Level 3 reset"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELNRNG)
- ENTRY(ELNRNG, "ELNRNG", "Link number out of range"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EUNATCH)
- ENTRY(EUNATCH, "EUNATCH", "Protocol driver not attached"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOCSI)
- ENTRY(ENOCSI, "ENOCSI", "No CSI structure available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EL2HLT)
- ENTRY(EL2HLT, "EL2HLT", "Level 2 halted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDEADLK)
- ENTRY(EDEADLK, "EDEADLK", "Deadlock condition"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOLCK)
- ENTRY(ENOLCK, "ENOLCK", "No record locks available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADE)
- ENTRY(EBADE, "EBADE", "Invalid exchange"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADR)
- ENTRY(EBADR, "EBADR", "Invalid request descriptor"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EXFULL)
- ENTRY(EXFULL, "EXFULL", "Exchange full"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOANO)
- ENTRY(ENOANO, "ENOANO", "No anode"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADRQC)
- ENTRY(EBADRQC, "EBADRQC", "Invalid request code"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADSLT)
- ENTRY(EBADSLT, "EBADSLT", "Invalid slot"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDEADLOCK)
- ENTRY(EDEADLOCK, "EDEADLOCK", "File locking deadlock error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBFONT)
- ENTRY(EBFONT, "EBFONT", "Bad font file format"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSTR)
- ENTRY(ENOSTR, "ENOSTR", "Device not a stream"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENODATA)
- ENTRY(ENODATA, "ENODATA", "No data available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETIME)
- ENTRY(ETIME, "ETIME", "Timer expired"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSR)
- ENTRY(ENOSR, "ENOSR", "Out of streams resources"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENONET)
- ENTRY(ENONET, "ENONET", "Machine is not on the network"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOPKG)
- ENTRY(ENOPKG, "ENOPKG", "Package not installed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EREMOTE)
- ENTRY(EREMOTE, "EREMOTE", "Object is remote"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOLINK)
- ENTRY(ENOLINK, "ENOLINK", "Link has been severed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EADV)
- ENTRY(EADV, "EADV", "Advertise error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESRMNT)
- ENTRY(ESRMNT, "ESRMNT", "Srmount error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECOMM)
- ENTRY(ECOMM, "ECOMM", "Communication error on send"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPROTO)
- ENTRY(EPROTO, "EPROTO", "Protocol error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMULTIHOP)
- ENTRY(EMULTIHOP, "EMULTIHOP", "Multihop attempted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDOTDOT)
- ENTRY(EDOTDOT, "EDOTDOT", "RFS specific error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADMSG)
- ENTRY(EBADMSG, "EBADMSG", "Not a data message"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENAMETOOLONG)
- ENTRY(ENAMETOOLONG, "ENAMETOOLONG", "File name too long"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EOVERFLOW)
- ENTRY(EOVERFLOW, "EOVERFLOW", "Value too large for defined data type"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTUNIQ)
- ENTRY(ENOTUNIQ, "ENOTUNIQ", "Name not unique on network"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EBADFD)
- ENTRY(EBADFD, "EBADFD", "File descriptor in bad state"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EREMCHG)
- ENTRY(EREMCHG, "EREMCHG", "Remote address changed"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBACC)
- ENTRY(ELIBACC, "ELIBACC", "Can not access a needed shared library"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBBAD)
- ENTRY(ELIBBAD, "ELIBBAD", "Accessing a corrupted shared library"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBSCN)
- ENTRY(ELIBSCN, "ELIBSCN", ".lib section in a.out corrupted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBMAX)
- ENTRY(ELIBMAX, "ELIBMAX", "Attempting to link in too many shared libraries"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELIBEXEC)
- ENTRY(ELIBEXEC, "ELIBEXEC", "Cannot exec a shared library directly"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EILSEQ)
- ENTRY(EILSEQ, "EILSEQ", "Illegal byte sequence"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOSYS)
- ENTRY(ENOSYS, "ENOSYS", "Operation not applicable"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ELOOP)
- ENTRY(ELOOP, "ELOOP", "Too many symbolic links encountered"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ERESTART)
- ENTRY(ERESTART, "ERESTART", "Interrupted system call should be restarted"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESTRPIPE)
- ENTRY(ESTRPIPE, "ESTRPIPE", "Streams pipe error"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTEMPTY)
- ENTRY(ENOTEMPTY, "ENOTEMPTY", "Directory not empty"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EUSERS)
- ENTRY(EUSERS, "EUSERS", "Too many users"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTSOCK)
- ENTRY(ENOTSOCK, "ENOTSOCK", "Socket operation on non-socket"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EDESTADDRREQ)
- ENTRY(EDESTADDRREQ, "EDESTADDRREQ", "Destination address required"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EMSGSIZE)
- ENTRY(EMSGSIZE, "EMSGSIZE", "Message too long"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPROTOTYPE)
- ENTRY(EPROTOTYPE, "EPROTOTYPE", "Protocol wrong type for socket"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOPROTOOPT)
- ENTRY(ENOPROTOOPT, "ENOPROTOOPT", "Protocol not available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPROTONOSUPPORT)
- ENTRY(EPROTONOSUPPORT, "EPROTONOSUPPORT", "Protocol not supported"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESOCKTNOSUPPORT)
- ENTRY(ESOCKTNOSUPPORT, "ESOCKTNOSUPPORT", "Socket type not supported"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EOPNOTSUPP)
- ENTRY(EOPNOTSUPP, "EOPNOTSUPP", "Operation not supported on transport endpoint"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EPFNOSUPPORT)
- ENTRY(EPFNOSUPPORT, "EPFNOSUPPORT", "Protocol family not supported"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EAFNOSUPPORT)
- ENTRY(EAFNOSUPPORT, "EAFNOSUPPORT", "Address family not supported by protocol"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EADDRINUSE)
- ENTRY(EADDRINUSE, "EADDRINUSE", "Address already in use"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EADDRNOTAVAIL)
- ENTRY(EADDRNOTAVAIL, "EADDRNOTAVAIL","Cannot assign requested address"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENETDOWN)
- ENTRY(ENETDOWN, "ENETDOWN", "Network is down"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENETUNREACH)
- ENTRY(ENETUNREACH, "ENETUNREACH", "Network is unreachable"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENETRESET)
- ENTRY(ENETRESET, "ENETRESET", "Network dropped connection because of reset"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECONNABORTED)
- ENTRY(ECONNABORTED, "ECONNABORTED", "Software caused connection abort"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECONNRESET)
- ENTRY(ECONNRESET, "ECONNRESET", "Connection reset by peer"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOBUFS)
- ENTRY(ENOBUFS, "ENOBUFS", "No buffer space available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EISCONN)
- ENTRY(EISCONN, "EISCONN", "Transport endpoint is already connected"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTCONN)
- ENTRY(ENOTCONN, "ENOTCONN", "Transport endpoint is not connected"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESHUTDOWN)
- ENTRY(ESHUTDOWN, "ESHUTDOWN", "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETOOMANYREFS)
- ENTRY(ETOOMANYREFS, "ETOOMANYREFS", "Too many references: cannot splice"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ETIMEDOUT)
- ENTRY(ETIMEDOUT, "ETIMEDOUT", "Connection timed out"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ECONNREFUSED)
- ENTRY(ECONNREFUSED, "ECONNREFUSED", "Connection refused"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EHOSTDOWN)
- ENTRY(EHOSTDOWN, "EHOSTDOWN", "Host is down"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EHOSTUNREACH)
- ENTRY(EHOSTUNREACH, "EHOSTUNREACH", "No route to host"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EALREADY)
- ENTRY(EALREADY, "EALREADY", "Operation already in progress"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EINPROGRESS)
- ENTRY(EINPROGRESS, "EINPROGRESS", "Operation now in progress"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ESTALE)
- ENTRY(ESTALE, "ESTALE", "Stale NFS file handle"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EUCLEAN)
- ENTRY(EUCLEAN, "EUCLEAN", "Structure needs cleaning"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENOTNAM)
- ENTRY(ENOTNAM, "ENOTNAM", "Not a XENIX named type file"),
-#endif
-#if defined (ENAVAIL)
- ENTRY(ENAVAIL, "ENAVAIL", "No XENIX semaphores available"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EISNAM)
- ENTRY(EISNAM, "EISNAM", "Is a named type file"),
-#endif
-#if defined (EREMOTEIO)
- ENTRY(EREMOTEIO, "EREMOTEIO", "Remote I/O error"),
-#endif
- ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL)
-};
-
-#ifdef EVMSERR
-/* This is not in the table, because the numeric value of EVMSERR (32767)
- lies outside the range of sys_errlist[]. */
-static struct { int value; const char *name, *msg; }
- evmserr = { EVMSERR, "EVMSERR", "VMS-specific error" };
-#endif
-
-/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime. Indexed by the
- errno value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */
-
-static const char **error_names;
-static int num_error_names = 0;
-
-/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not
- already exist in the host environment. Indexed by the errno value to find
- the descriptive string.
-
- We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the
- same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically
- initialized rather than statically initialized. */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-
-static int sys_nerr;
-static const char **sys_errlist;
-
-#else
-
-extern int sys_nerr;
-extern char *sys_errlist[];
-
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
- init_error_tables -- initialize the name and message tables
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
- static void init_error_tables ();
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
- Using the error_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate
- the error_names and the sys_errlist (if needed) tables, which are
- indexed at runtime by a specific errno value.
-
-BUGS
-
- The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions,
- in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't
- bomb either. Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free
- some memory in the meantime. In any case, the other routines know
- how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it. This
- may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically
- warn about this particular failure mode.
-
-*/
-
-static void
-init_error_tables ()
-{
- const struct error_info *eip;
- int nbytes;
-
- /* If we haven't already scanned the error_table once to find the maximum
- errno value, then go find it now. */
-
- if (num_error_names == 0)
- {
- for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
- {
- if (eip -> value >= num_error_names)
- {
- num_error_names = eip -> value + 1;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Now attempt to allocate the error_names table, zero it out, and then
- initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
-
- if (error_names == NULL)
- {
- nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
- if ((error_names = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
- {
- memset (error_names, 0, nbytes);
- for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
- {
- error_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name;
- }
- }
- }
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-
- /* Now attempt to allocate the sys_errlist table, zero it out, and then
- initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
-
- if (sys_errlist == NULL)
- {
- nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
- if ((sys_errlist = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
- {
- memset (sys_errlist, 0, nbytes);
- sys_nerr = num_error_names;
- for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
- {
- sys_errlist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg;
- }
- }
- }
-
-#endif
-
-}
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
- errno_max -- return the max errno value
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
- int errno_max ();
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
- Returns the maximum errno value for which a corresponding symbolic
- name or message is available. Note that in the case where
- we use the sys_errlist supplied by the system, it is possible for
- there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.
- In fact, the manual page for perror(3C) explicitly warns that one
- should check the size of the table (sys_nerr) before indexing it,
- since new error codes may be added to the system before they are
- added to the table. Thus sys_nerr might be smaller than value
- implied by the largest errno value defined in <errno.h>.
-
- We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
- symbolic name or message.
-
-*/
-
-int
-errno_max ()
-{
- int maxsize;
-
- if (error_names == NULL)
- {
- init_error_tables ();
- }
- maxsize = MAX (sys_nerr, num_error_names);
- return (maxsize - 1);
-}
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
- strerror -- map an error number to an error message string
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
- char *strerror (int errnoval)
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
- Maps an errno number to an error message string, the contents of
- which are implementation defined. On systems which have the external
- variables sys_nerr and sys_errlist, these strings will be the same
- as the ones used by perror().
-
- If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
- for the sys_errlist, but no message is available for the particular
- error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is the
- error number.
-
- If the supplied error number is not a valid index into sys_errlist,
- returns NULL.
-
- The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the
- next call to strerror.
-
-*/
-
-char *
-strerror (errnoval)
- int errnoval;
-{
- char *msg;
- static char buf[32];
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST
-
- if (error_names == NULL)
- {
- init_error_tables ();
- }
-
-#endif
-
- if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= sys_nerr))
- {
-#ifdef EVMSERR
- if (errnoval == evmserr.value)
- msg = evmserr.msg;
- else
-#endif
- /* Out of range, just return NULL */
- msg = NULL;
- }
- else if ((sys_errlist == NULL) || (sys_errlist[errnoval] == NULL))
- {
- /* In range, but no sys_errlist or no entry at this index. */
- sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
- msg = buf;
- }
- else
- {
- /* In range, and a valid message. Just return the message. */
- msg = (char *) sys_errlist[errnoval];
- }
-
- return (msg);
-}
-
-#endif /* ! HAVE_STRERROR */
-
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
- strerrno -- map an error number to a symbolic name string
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
- const char *strerrno (int errnoval)
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
- Given an error number returned from a system call (typically
- returned in errno), returns a pointer to a string containing the
- symbolic name of that error number, as found in <errno.h>.
-
- If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
- for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular
- error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is
- the error number.
-
- If the supplied error number is not within the range of valid
- indices, then returns NULL.
-
-BUGS
-
- The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
- valid until the next call to strerrno.
-
-*/
-
-const char *
-strerrno (errnoval)
- int errnoval;
-{
- const char *name;
- static char buf[32];
-
- if (error_names == NULL)
- {
- init_error_tables ();
- }
-
- if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= num_error_names))
- {
-#ifdef EVMSERR
- if (errnoval == evmserr.value)
- name = evmserr.name;
- else
-#endif
- /* Out of range, just return NULL */
- name = NULL;
- }
- else if ((error_names == NULL) || (error_names[errnoval] == NULL))
- {
- /* In range, but no error_names or no entry at this index. */
- sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
- name = (const char *) buf;
- }
- else
- {
- /* In range, and a valid name. Just return the name. */
- name = error_names[errnoval];
- }
-
- return (name);
-}
-
-/*
-
-NAME
-
- strtoerrno -- map a symbolic errno name to a numeric value
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
- int strtoerrno (char *name)
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
- Given the symbolic name of a error number, map it to an errno value.
- If no translation is found, returns 0.
-
-*/
-
-int
-strtoerrno (name)
- const char *name;
-{
- int errnoval = 0;
-
- if (name != NULL)
- {
- if (error_names == NULL)
- {
- init_error_tables ();
- }
- for (errnoval = 0; errnoval < num_error_names; errnoval++)
- {
- if ((error_names[errnoval] != NULL) &&
- (strcmp (name, error_names[errnoval]) == 0))
- {
- break;
- }
- }
- if (errnoval == num_error_names)
- {
-#ifdef EVMSERR
- if (strcmp (name, evmserr.name) == 0)
- errnoval = evmserr.value;
- else
-#endif
- errnoval = 0;
- }
- }
- return (errnoval);
-}
-
-
-/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the errno translations
- if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */
-
-#ifdef MAIN
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
- int errn;
- int errnmax;
- const char *name;
- char *msg;
- char *strerror ();
-
- errnmax = errno_max ();
- printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_error_names);
- printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nerr);
- printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", errnmax);
-
- /* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not
- *either* table. Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not*
- relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for
- NULL. */
-
- for (errn = 0; errn <= errnmax; errn++)
- {
- name = strerrno (errn);
- name = (name == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : name;
- msg = strerror (errn);
- msg = (msg == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : msg;
- printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", errn, name, msg);
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/support/strndup.c b/support/strndup.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cd971e1c..00000000
--- a/support/strndup.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-#endif
-
-#ifndef weak_alias
-# define __strndup strndup
-#endif
-
-char *
-__strndup (s, n)
- const char *s;
- size_t n;
-{
- size_t len = strnlen (s, n);
- char *new = malloc (len + 1);
-
- if (new == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- new[len] = '\0';
- return memcpy (new, s, len);
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__strndup, strndup)
-#endif
diff --git a/support/strnlen.c b/support/strnlen.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ab95d170..00000000
--- a/support/strnlen.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
- Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
- If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN. */
-
-size_t
-strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
-{
- const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
- return end ? end - string : maxlen;
-}
diff --git a/support/strtod.c b/support/strtod.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c86c73de..00000000
--- a/support/strtod.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of strtod for systems with atof.
- Copyright (C) 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of the libiberty library. This library is free
-software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
-terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-As a special exception, if you link this library with files
-compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause
-the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
-This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
-the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-extern double atof ();
-
-/* Disclaimer: this is currently just used by CHILL in GDB and therefore
- has not been tested well. It may have been tested for nothing except
- that it compiles. */
-
-double
-strtod (str, ptr)
- char *str;
- char **ptr;
-{
- char *p;
-
- if (ptr == (char **)0)
- return atof (str);
-
- p = str;
-
- while (isspace (*p))
- ++p;
-
- if (*p == '+' || *p == '-')
- ++p;
-
- /* INF or INFINITY. */
- if ((p[0] == 'i' || p[0] == 'I')
- && (p[1] == 'n' || p[1] == 'N')
- && (p[2] == 'f' || p[2] == 'F'))
- {
- if ((p[3] == 'i' || p[3] == 'I')
- && (p[4] == 'n' || p[4] == 'N')
- && (p[5] == 'i' || p[5] == 'I')
- && (p[6] == 't' || p[6] == 'T')
- && (p[7] == 'y' || p[7] == 'Y'))
- {
- *ptr = p + 7;
- return atof (str);
- }
- else
- {
- *ptr = p + 3;
- return atof (str);
- }
- }
-
- /* NAN or NAN(foo). */
- if ((p[0] == 'n' || p[0] == 'N')
- && (p[1] == 'a' || p[1] == 'A')
- && (p[2] == 'n' || p[2] == 'N'))
- {
- p += 3;
- if (*p == '(')
- {
- ++p;
- while (*p != '\0' && *p != ')')
- ++p;
- if (*p == ')')
- ++p;
- }
- *ptr = p;
- return atof (str);
- }
-
- /* digits, with 0 or 1 periods in it. */
- if (isdigit (*p) || *p == '.')
- {
- int got_dot = 0;
- while (isdigit (*p) || (!got_dot && *p == '.'))
- {
- if (*p == '.')
- got_dot = 1;
- ++p;
- }
-
- /* Exponent. */
- if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E')
- {
- int i;
- i = 1;
- if (p[i] == '+' || p[i] == '-')
- ++i;
- if (isdigit (p[i]))
- {
- while (isdigit (p[i]))
- ++i;
- *ptr = p + i;
- return atof (str);
- }
- }
- *ptr = p;
- return atof (str);
- }
- /* Didn't find any digits. Doesn't look like a number. */
- *ptr = str;
- return 0.0;
-}
diff --git a/support/strtok_r.c b/support/strtok_r.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 44430dae..00000000
--- a/support/strtok_r.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/* Reentrant string tokenizer. Generic version.
- Copyright (C) 1991, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
- write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#undef strtok_r
-
-/* Parse S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM.
- If S is NULL, the saved pointer in SAVE_PTR is used as
- the next starting point. For example:
- char s[] = "-abc-=-def";
- char *sp;
- x = strtok_r(s, "-", &sp); // x = "abc", sp = "=-def"
- x = strtok_r(NULL, "-=", &sp); // x = "def", sp = NULL
- x = strtok_r(NULL, "=", &sp); // x = NULL
- // s = "abc\0-def\0"
-*/
-char *
-strtok_r (s, delim, save_ptr)
- char *s;
- const char *delim;
- char **save_ptr;
-{
- char *token;
-
- if (s == NULL)
- s = *save_ptr;
-
- /* Scan leading delimiters. */
- s += strspn (s, delim);
- if (*s == '\0')
- return NULL;
-
- /* Find the end of the token. */
- token = s;
- s = strpbrk (token, delim);
- if (s == NULL)
- /* This token finishes the string. */
- *save_ptr = strchr (token, '\0');
- else
- {
- /* Terminate the token and make *SAVE_PTR point past it. */
- *s = '\0';
- *save_ptr = s + 1;
- }
- return token;
-}
diff --git a/support/strtol.c b/support/strtol.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 75b74939..00000000
--- a/support/strtol.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- * must display the following acknowledgement:
- * This product includes software developed by the University of
- * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- * without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#if 0
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-/* FIXME: It'd be nice to configure around these, but the include files are too
- painful. These macros should at least be more portable than hardwired hex
- constants. */
-
-#ifndef ULONG_MAX
-#define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long)(~0L)) /* 0xFFFFFFFF */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LONG_MAX
-#define LONG_MAX ((long)(ULONG_MAX >> 1)) /* 0x7FFFFFFF */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef LONG_MIN
-#define LONG_MIN ((long)(~LONG_MAX)) /* 0x80000000 */
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Convert a string to a long integer.
- *
- * Ignores `locale' stuff. Assumes that the upper and lower case
- * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
- */
-long
-strtol(nptr, endptr, base)
- const char *nptr;
- char **endptr;
- register int base;
-{
- register const char *s = nptr;
- register unsigned long acc;
- register int c;
- register unsigned long cutoff;
- register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
-
- /*
- * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any.
- * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else
- * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x.
- */
- do {
- c = *s++;
- } while (isspace(c));
- if (c == '-') {
- neg = 1;
- c = *s++;
- } else if (c == '+')
- c = *s++;
- if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
- c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
- c = s[1];
- s += 2;
- base = 16;
- }
- if (base == 0)
- base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
-
- /*
- * Compute the cutoff value between legal numbers and illegal
- * numbers. That is the largest legal value, divided by the
- * base. An input number that is greater than this value, if
- * followed by a legal input character, is too big. One that
- * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit
- * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last
- * digit. For instance, if the range for longs is
- * [-2147483648..2147483647] and the input base is 10,
- * cutoff will be set to 214748364 and cutlim to either
- * 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have accumulated
- * a value > 214748364, or equal but the next digit is > 7 (or 8),
- * the number is too big, and we will return a range error.
- *
- * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate
- * overflow.
- */
- cutoff = neg ? -(unsigned long)LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
- cutlim = cutoff % (unsigned long)base;
- cutoff /= (unsigned long)base;
- for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
- if (isdigit(c))
- c -= '0';
- else if (isalpha(c))
- c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
- else
- break;
- if (c >= base)
- break;
- if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
- any = -1;
- else {
- any = 1;
- acc *= base;
- acc += c;
- }
- }
- if (any < 0) {
- acc = neg ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
- errno = ERANGE;
- } else if (neg)
- acc = -acc;
- if (endptr != 0)
- *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
- return (acc);
-}
diff --git a/support/strtoul.c b/support/strtoul.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 54207fa9..00000000
--- a/support/strtoul.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- * must display the following acknowledgement:
- * This product includes software developed by the University of
- * California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- * without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#if 0
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ULONG_MAX
-#define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long)(~0L)) /* 0xFFFFFFFF */
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Convert a string to an unsigned long integer.
- *
- * Ignores `locale' stuff. Assumes that the upper and lower case
- * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
- */
-unsigned long
-strtoul(nptr, endptr, base)
- const char *nptr;
- char **endptr;
- register int base;
-{
- register const char *s = nptr;
- register unsigned long acc;
- register int c;
- register unsigned long cutoff;
- register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
-
- /*
- * See strtol for comments as to the logic used.
- */
- do {
- c = *s++;
- } while (isspace(c));
- if (c == '-') {
- neg = 1;
- c = *s++;
- } else if (c == '+')
- c = *s++;
- if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
- c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
- c = s[1];
- s += 2;
- base = 16;
- }
- if (base == 0)
- base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
- cutoff = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX / (unsigned long)base;
- cutlim = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX % (unsigned long)base;
- for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
- if (isdigit(c))
- c -= '0';
- else if (isalpha(c))
- c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
- else
- break;
- if (c >= base)
- break;
- if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
- any = -1;
- else {
- any = 1;
- acc *= base;
- acc += c;
- }
- }
- if (any < 0) {
- acc = ULONG_MAX;
- errno = ERANGE;
- } else if (neg)
- acc = -acc;
- if (endptr != 0)
- *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
- return (acc);
-}
diff --git a/support/system.h b/support/system.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f888f42..00000000
--- a/support/system.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-
-#if HAVE_MCHECK_H
-#include <mcheck.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __NeXT
-/* access macros are not declared in non posix mode in unistd.h -
- don't try to use posix on NeXTstep 3.3 ! */
-#include <libc.h>
-#endif
-
-/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
-# include <alloca.h>
-# else
-# ifdef _AIX
-#pragma alloca
-# else
-# ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
-char *alloca ();
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#endif
-
-/*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str);
-
-#if HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__)
-#define vmefail() (fprintf(stderr, "virtual memory exhausted.\n"), exit(EXIT_FAILURE), NULL)
-#define xstrdup(_str) (strcpy((malloc(strlen(_str)+1) ? : vmefail()), (_str)))
-#else
-#define xstrdup(_str) strdup(_str)
-#endif /* HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) */
-
-
-#include "popt-gnome.h"
diff --git a/support/vasprintf.c b/support/vasprintf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 64e06b88..00000000
--- a/support/vasprintf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must
- be freed by the caller.
- Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if __STDC__
-# include <stdarg.h>
-#else
-# include <varargs.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TEST
-int global_total_width;
-#endif
-
-unsigned long strtoul ();
-char *malloc ();
-
-static int
-int_vasprintf (result, format, args)
- char **result;
- const char *format;
- va_list *args;
-{
- const char *p = format;
- /* Add one to make sure that it is never zero, which might cause malloc
- to return NULL. */
- int total_width = strlen (format) + 1;
- va_list ap;
-
- memcpy (&ap, args, sizeof (va_list));
-
- while (*p != '\0')
- {
- if (*p++ == '%')
- {
- while (strchr ("-+ #0", *p))
- ++p;
- if (*p == '*')
- {
- ++p;
- total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
- }
- else
- total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
- if (*p == '.')
- {
- ++p;
- if (*p == '*')
- {
- ++p;
- total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
- }
- else
- total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
- }
- while (strchr ("hlL", *p))
- ++p;
- /* Should be big enough for any format specifier except %s
- and floats. */
- total_width += 30;
- switch (*p)
- {
- case 'd':
- case 'i':
- case 'o':
- case 'u':
- case 'x':
- case 'X':
- case 'c':
- (void) va_arg (ap, int);
- break;
- case 'f':
- case 'e':
- case 'E':
- case 'g':
- case 'G':
- (void) va_arg (ap, double);
- /* Since an ieee double can have an exponent of 307, we'll
- make the buffer wide enough to cover the gross case. */
- total_width += 307;
- break;
- case 's':
- total_width += strlen (va_arg (ap, char *));
- break;
- case 'p':
- case 'n':
- (void) va_arg (ap, char *);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-#ifdef TEST
- global_total_width = total_width;
-#endif
- *result = malloc (total_width);
- if (*result != NULL)
- return vsprintf (*result, format, *args);
- else
- return 0;
-}
-
-int
-vasprintf (result, format, args)
- char **result;
- const char *format;
- va_list args;
-{
- return int_vasprintf (result, format, &args);
-}
-
-int
-asprintf
-#if __STDC__
- (char **result, const char *format, ...)
-#else
- (result, va_alist)
- char **result;
- va_dcl
-#endif
-{
- va_list args;
- int done;
-
-#if __STDC__
- va_start (args, format);
-#else
- char *format;
- va_start (args);
- format = va_arg (args, char *);
-#endif
- done = vasprintf (result, format, args);
- va_end (args);
-
- return done;
-}
-
-#ifdef TEST
-void
-checkit
-#if __STDC__
- (const char* format, ...)
-#else
- (va_alist)
- va_dcl
-#endif
-{
- va_list args;
- char *result;
-
-#if __STDC__
- va_start (args, format);
-#else
- char *format;
- va_start (args);
- format = va_arg (args, char *);
-#endif
- vasprintf (&result, format, args);
- if (strlen (result) < global_total_width)
- printf ("PASS: ");
- else
- printf ("FAIL: ");
- printf ("%d %s\n", global_total_width, result);
-}
-
-int
-main ()
-{
- checkit ("%d", 0x12345678);
- checkit ("%200d", 5);
- checkit ("%.300d", 6);
- checkit ("%100.150d", 7);
- checkit ("%s", "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\
-777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333");
- checkit ("%f%s%d%s", 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx");
-}
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/support/vsnprintf.c b/support/vsnprintf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a2dfb4ed..00000000
--- a/support/vsnprintf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Revision 12: http://theos.com/~deraadt/snprintf.c
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1997 Theo de Raadt
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
- * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
- * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if __STDC__
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-#include <varargs.h>
-#endif
-#include <setjmp.h>
-
-#ifndef roundup
-#define roundup(x, y) ((((x)+((y)-1))/(y))*(y))
-#endif
-
-static int pgsize;
-static char *curobj;
-static int caught;
-static sigjmp_buf bail;
-
-#define EXTRABYTES 2 /* XXX: why 2? you don't want to know */
-
-static char *
-msetup(str, n)
- char *str;
- size_t n;
-{
- char *e;
-
- if (n == 0)
- return NULL;
- if (pgsize == 0)
- pgsize = getpagesize();
- curobj = (char *)malloc(n + EXTRABYTES + pgsize * 2);
- if (curobj == NULL)
- return NULL;
- e = curobj + n + EXTRABYTES;
- e = (char *)roundup((unsigned long)e, pgsize);
- if (mprotect(e, pgsize, PROT_NONE) == -1) {
- free(curobj);
- curobj = NULL;
- return NULL;
- }
- e = e - n - EXTRABYTES;
- *e = '\0';
- return (e);
-}
-
-static void
-mcatch()
-{
- siglongjmp(bail, 1);
-}
-
-static void
-mcleanup(str, n, p)
- char *str;
- size_t n;
- char *p;
-{
- strncpy(str, p, n-1);
- str[n-1] = '\0';
- if (mprotect((caddr_t)(p + n + EXTRABYTES), pgsize,
- PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE|PROT_EXEC) == -1)
- mprotect((caddr_t)(p + n + EXTRABYTES), pgsize,
- PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE);
- free(curobj);
-}
-
-int
-#if __STDC__
-vsnprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, va_list ap)
-#else
-vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap)
- char *str;
- size_t n;
- char *fmt;
- char *ap;
-#endif
-{
- struct sigaction osa, nsa;
- char *p;
- int ret = n + 1; /* if we bail, indicated we overflowed */
-
- memset(&nsa, 0, sizeof nsa);
- nsa.sa_handler = mcatch;
- sigemptyset(&nsa.sa_mask);
-
- p = msetup(str, n);
- if (p == NULL) {
- *str = '\0';
- return 0;
- }
- if (sigsetjmp(bail, 1) == 0) {
- if (sigaction(SIGSEGV, &nsa, &osa) == -1) {
- mcleanup(str, n, p);
- return (0);
- }
- ret = vsprintf(p, fmt, ap);
- }
- mcleanup(str, n, p);
- (void) sigaction(SIGSEGV, &osa, NULL);
- return (ret);
-}
-
-int
-#if __STDC__
-snprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, ...)
-#else
-snprintf(str, n, fmt, va_alist)
- char *str;
- size_t n;
- char *fmt;
- va_dcl
-#endif
-{
- va_list ap;
-#if __STDC__
- va_start(ap, fmt);
-#else
- va_start(ap);
-#endif
-
- return (vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap));
- va_end(ap);
-}
-
-
-